DrKLO 2016-01-11 20:19:48 +03:00
parent 9b16959cab
commit 2114024ab1
558 changed files with 46349 additions and 22716 deletions

View File

@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ repositories {
dependencies {
compile 'com.android.support:support-v4:23.1.+'
compile 'com.google.android.gms:play-services:3.2.+'
compile "com.google.android.gms:play-services-gcm:8.4.0"
compile "com.google.android.gms:play-services-maps:8.4.0"
compile 'net.hockeyapp.android:HockeySDK:3.6.+'
compile 'com.googlecode.mp4parser:isoparser:1.0.+'
}
@ -16,6 +17,7 @@ android {
buildToolsVersion '23.0.2'
useLibrary 'org.apache.http.legacy'
defaultConfig.applicationId = "org.telegram.messenger"
compileOptions {
sourceCompatibility JavaVersion.VERSION_1_7
@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ android {
debuggable false
jniDebuggable false
signingConfig signingConfigs.release
minifyEnabled false
proguardFiles getDefaultProguardFile('proguard-android.txt'), 'proguard-rules.pro'
}
foss {
@ -77,9 +81,9 @@ android {
}
defaultConfig {
minSdkVersion 8
minSdkVersion 9
targetSdkVersion 23
versionCode 695
versionName "3.3.2"
versionCode 719
versionName "3.4.2"
}
}

View File

@ -32,7 +32,8 @@
<activity android:name="net.hockeyapp.android.UpdateActivity" />
<receiver
android:name=".GcmBroadcastReceiver"
android:name="com.google.android.gms.gcm.GcmReceiver"
android:exported="true"
android:permission="com.google.android.c2dm.permission.SEND" >
<intent-filter>
<action android:name="com.google.android.c2dm.intent.RECEIVE" />
@ -40,6 +41,24 @@
<category android:name="org.telegram.messenger" />
</intent-filter>
</receiver>
<service
android:name=".GcmPushListenerService"
android:exported="false" >
<intent-filter>
<action android:name="com.google.android.c2dm.intent.RECEIVE" />
</intent-filter>
</service>
<service
android:name=".GcmInstanceIDListenerService"
android:exported="false">
<intent-filter>
<action android:name="com.google.android.gms.iid.InstanceID" />
</intent-filter>
</service>
<service
android:name=".GcmRegistrationIntentService"
android:exported="false">
</service>
<uses-library android:name="com.google.android.maps" android:required="false"/>

View File

@ -32,7 +32,8 @@
<activity android:name="net.hockeyapp.android.UpdateActivity" />
<receiver
android:name=".GcmBroadcastReceiver"
android:name="com.google.android.gms.gcm.GcmReceiver"
android:exported="true"
android:permission="com.google.android.c2dm.permission.SEND" >
<intent-filter>
<action android:name="com.google.android.c2dm.intent.RECEIVE" />
@ -40,6 +41,24 @@
<category android:name="org.telegram.messenger" />
</intent-filter>
</receiver>
<service
android:name=".GcmPushListenerService"
android:exported="false" >
<intent-filter>
<action android:name="com.google.android.c2dm.intent.RECEIVE" />
</intent-filter>
</service>
<service
android:name=".GcmInstanceIDListenerService"
android:exported="false">
<intent-filter>
<action android:name="com.google.android.gms.iid.InstanceID" />
</intent-filter>
</service>
<service
android:name=".GcmRegistrationIntentService"
android:exported="false">
</service>
<uses-library android:name="com.google.android.maps" android:required="false"/>

View File

@ -1,5 +1,57 @@
LOCAL_PATH := $(call my-dir)
LOCAL_MODULE := avutil
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavutil.a
else
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv5te/libavutil.a
else
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),x86)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/i686/libavutil.a
endif
endif
endif
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := avformat
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavformat.a
else
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv5te/libavformat.a
else
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),x86)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/i686/libavformat.a
endif
endif
endif
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := avcodec
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv7-a/libavcodec.a
else
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/armv5te/libavcodec.a
else
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),x86)
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := ./ffmpeg/i686/libavcodec.a
endif
endif
endif
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := crypto
@ -91,9 +143,6 @@ LOCAL_STATIC_LIBRARIES := cpufeatures
LOCAL_MODULE := webp
ifneq ($(findstring armeabi-v7a, $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)),)
# Setting LOCAL_ARM_NEON will enable -mfpu=neon which may cause illegal
# instructions to be generated for armv7a code. Instead target the neon code
# specifically.
NEON := c.neon
else
NEON := c
@ -185,19 +234,14 @@ include $(BUILD_STATIC_LIBRARY)
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_PRELINK_MODULE := false
LOCAL_STATIC_LIBRARIES := webp sqlite tgnet breakpad
LOCAL_MODULE := tmessages.15
LOCAL_MODULE := tmessages.17
LOCAL_CFLAGS := -w -std=c11 -Os -DNULL=0 -DSOCKLEN_T=socklen_t -DLOCALE_NOT_USED -D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE=1 -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64
LOCAL_CFLAGS += -Drestrict='' -D__EMX__ -DOPUS_BUILD -DFIXED_POINT -DUSE_ALLOCA -DHAVE_LRINT -DHAVE_LRINTF -fno-math-errno
LOCAL_CFLAGS += -DANDROID_NDK -DDISABLE_IMPORTGL -fno-strict-aliasing -fprefetch-loop-arrays -DAVOID_TABLES -DANDROID_TILE_BASED_DECODE -DANDROID_ARMV6_IDCT -ffast-math
LOCAL_CFLAGS += -DANDROID_NDK -DDISABLE_IMPORTGL -fno-strict-aliasing -fprefetch-loop-arrays -DAVOID_TABLES -DANDROID_TILE_BASED_DECODE -DANDROID_ARMV6_IDCT -ffast-math -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
LOCAL_CPPFLAGS := -DBSD=1 -ffast-math -Os -funroll-loops -std=c++11
LOCAL_LDLIBS := -ljnigraphics -llog -lz
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi)
LOCAL_ARM_MODE := thumb
else
LOCAL_ARM_MODE := arm
endif
LOCAL_STATIC_LIBRARIES := webp sqlite tgnet breakpad avformat avcodec avutil
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := \
./opus/src/opus.c \
@ -211,6 +255,23 @@ LOCAL_SRC_FILES := \
./opus/src/mlp.c \
./opus/src/mlp_data.c
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a)
LOCAL_ARM_MODE := arm
LOCAL_CPPFLAGS += -DLIBYUV_NEON
LOCAL_CFLAGS += -DLIBYUV_NEON
else
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi)
LOCAL_ARM_MODE := arm
else
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),x86)
LOCAL_ARM_MODE := arm
LOCAL_SRC_FILE += \
./libyuv/source/row_x86.asm
endif
endif
endif
LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./opus/silk/CNG.c \
./opus/silk/code_signs.c \
@ -346,10 +407,6 @@ LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./opus/opusfile/opusfile.c \
./opus/opusfile/stream.c
LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./giflib/dgif_lib.c \
./giflib/gifalloc.c
LOCAL_C_INCLUDES := \
./opus/include \
./opus/silk \
@ -360,7 +417,8 @@ LOCAL_C_INCLUDES := \
./libyuv/include \
./boringssl/include \
./breakpad/common/android/include \
./breakpad
./breakpad \
./ffmpeg/include
LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./libjpeg/jcapimin.c \
@ -413,8 +471,8 @@ LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./libyuv/source/compare_common.cc \
./libyuv/source/compare_neon.cc \
./libyuv/source/compare_posix.cc \
./libyuv/source/compare_gcc.cc \
./libyuv/source/compare_neon64.cc \
./libyuv/source/compare_win.cc \
./libyuv/source/compare.cc \
./libyuv/source/convert_argb.cc \
@ -425,32 +483,42 @@ LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./libyuv/source/convert_to_i420.cc \
./libyuv/source/convert.cc \
./libyuv/source/cpu_id.cc \
./libyuv/source/format_conversion.cc \
./libyuv/source/mjpeg_decoder.cc \
./libyuv/source/mjpeg_validate.cc \
./libyuv/source/planar_functions.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate_any.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate_argb.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate_common.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate_gcc.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate_mips.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate_neon.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate_neon64.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate_win.cc \
./libyuv/source/rotate.cc \
./libyuv/source/row_any.cc \
./libyuv/source/row_common.cc \
./libyuv/source/row_gcc.cc \
./libyuv/source/row_mips.cc \
./libyuv/source/row_neon.cc \
./libyuv/source/row_neon64.cc \
./libyuv/source/row_posix.cc \
./libyuv/source/row_win.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_any.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_argb.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_common.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_gcc.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_mips.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_neon.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_neon64.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_posix.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale_win.cc \
./libyuv/source/scale.cc \
./libyuv/source/video_common.cc
ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a)
LOCAL_CFLAGS += -DLIBYUV_NEON
LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./libyuv/source/compare_neon.cc.neon \
./libyuv/source/rotate_neon.cc.neon \
./libyuv/source/row_neon.cc.neon \
./libyuv/source/scale_neon.cc.neon
endif
LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./jni.c \
./sqlite_cursor.c \
@ -458,10 +526,10 @@ LOCAL_SRC_FILES += \
./sqlite_statement.c \
./sqlite.c \
./audio.c \
./gif.c \
./utils.c \
./image.c \
./video.c \
./gifvideo.cpp \
./TgNetWrapper.cpp \
./NativeLoader.cpp

View File

@ -3,20 +3,20 @@
#include "breakpad/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h"
#include "breakpad/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h"
static google_breakpad::ExceptionHandler *exceptionHandler;
/*static google_breakpad::ExceptionHandler *exceptionHandler;
bool callback(const google_breakpad::MinidumpDescriptor &descriptor, void *context, bool succeeded) {
printf("dump path: %s\n", descriptor.path());
return succeeded;
}
}*/
extern "C" {
void Java_org_telegram_messenger_NativeLoader_init(JNIEnv* env, jobject obj, jstring filepath, bool enable) {
return;
if (enable) {
/*if (enable) {
const char *path = env->GetStringUTFChars(filepath, 0);
google_breakpad::MinidumpDescriptor descriptor(path);
exceptionHandler = new google_breakpad::ExceptionHandler(descriptor, NULL, callback, NULL, true, -1);
}
}*/
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

View File

@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
0. Additional Definitions.
As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
General Public License.
"The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
of using an interface provided by the Library.
A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
Version".
The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
2. Conveying Modified Versions.
If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
version:
a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
this License applicable to that copy.
3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
covered by this License.
b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
4. Combined Works.
You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
covered by this License.
b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
d) Do one of the following:
0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
Corresponding Source.
1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
Version.
e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
for conveying Corresponding Source.)
5. Combined Libraries.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side by side in a single library together with other library
facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
choice, if you do both of the following:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
conveyed under the terms of this License.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that published version or of any later version
published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
Library.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
See the Git history of the project (git://source.ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg) to
get the names of people who have contributed to FFmpeg.
To check the log, you can type the command "git log" in the FFmpeg
source directory, or browse the online repository at
http://source.ffmpeg.org.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
#FFmpeg:
Most files in FFmpeg are under the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1
or later (LGPL v2.1+). Read the file `COPYING.LGPLv2.1` for details. Some other
files have MIT/X11/BSD-style licenses. In combination the LGPL v2.1+ applies to
FFmpeg.
Some optional parts of FFmpeg are licensed under the GNU General Public License
version 2 or later (GPL v2+). See the file `COPYING.GPLv2` for details. None of
these parts are used by default, you have to explicitly pass `--enable-gpl` to
configure to activate them. In this case, FFmpeg's license changes to GPL v2+.
Specifically, the GPL parts of FFmpeg are:
- libpostproc
- optional x86 optimizations in the files
- `libavcodec/x86/flac_dsp_gpl.asm`
- `libavcodec/x86/idct_mmx.c`
- `libavfilter/x86/vf_removegrain.asm`
- libutvideo encoding/decoding wrappers in
`libavcodec/libutvideo*.cpp`
- the X11 grabber in `libavdevice/x11grab.c`
- the swresample test app in
`libswresample/swresample-test.c`
- the `texi2pod.pl` tool
- the following filters in libavfilter:
- `f_ebur128.c`
- `vf_blackframe.c`
- `vf_boxblur.c`
- `vf_colormatrix.c`
- `vf_cover_rect.c`
- `vf_cropdetect.c`
- `vf_delogo.c`
- `vf_eq.c`
- `vf_find_rect.c`
- `vf_fspp.c`
- `vf_geq.c`
- `vf_histeq.c`
- `vf_hqdn3d.c`
- `vf_interlace.c`
- `vf_kerndeint.c`
- `vf_mcdeint.c`
- `vf_mpdecimate.c`
- `vf_owdenoise.c`
- `vf_perspective.c`
- `vf_phase.c`
- `vf_pp.c`
- `vf_pp7.c`
- `vf_pullup.c`
- `vf_sab.c`
- `vf_smartblur.c`
- `vf_repeatfields.c`
- `vf_spp.c`
- `vf_stereo3d.c`
- `vf_super2xsai.c`
- `vf_tinterlace.c`
- `vf_uspp.c`
- `vsrc_mptestsrc.c`
Should you, for whatever reason, prefer to use version 3 of the (L)GPL, then
the configure parameter `--enable-version3` will activate this licensing option
for you. Read the file `COPYING.LGPLv3` or, if you have enabled GPL parts,
`COPYING.GPLv3` to learn the exact legal terms that apply in this case.
There are a handful of files under other licensing terms, namely:
* The files `libavcodec/jfdctfst.c`, `libavcodec/jfdctint_template.c` and
`libavcodec/jrevdct.c` are taken from libjpeg, see the top of the files for
licensing details. Specifically note that you must credit the IJG in the
documentation accompanying your program if you only distribute executables.
You must also indicate any changes including additions and deletions to
those three files in the documentation.
* `tests/reference.pnm` is under the expat license.
external libraries
==================
FFmpeg can be combined with a number of external libraries, which sometimes
affect the licensing of binaries resulting from the combination.
compatible libraries
--------------------
The following libraries are under GPL:
- frei0r
- libcdio
- librubberband
- libutvideo
- libvidstab
- libx264
- libx265
- libxavs
- libxvid
When combining them with FFmpeg, FFmpeg needs to be licensed as GPL as well by
passing `--enable-gpl` to configure.
The OpenCORE and VisualOn libraries are under the Apache License 2.0. That
license is incompatible with the LGPL v2.1 and the GPL v2, but not with
version 3 of those licenses. So to combine these libraries with FFmpeg, the
license version needs to be upgraded by passing `--enable-version3` to configure.
incompatible libraries
----------------------
The Fraunhofer AAC library, FAAC and aacplus are under licenses which
are incompatible with the GPLv2 and v3. We do not know for certain if their
licenses are compatible with the LGPL.
If you wish to enable these libraries, pass `--enable-nonfree` to configure.
But note that if you enable any of these libraries the resulting binary will
be under a complex license mix that is more restrictive than the LGPL and that
may result in additional obligations. It is possible that these
restrictions cause the resulting binary to be unredistributeable.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
FFmpeg README
=============
FFmpeg is a collection of libraries and tools to process multimedia content
such as audio, video, subtitles and related metadata.
## Libraries
* `libavcodec` provides implementation of a wider range of codecs.
* `libavformat` implements streaming protocols, container formats and basic I/O access.
* `libavutil` includes hashers, decompressors and miscellaneous utility functions.
* `libavfilter` provides a mean to alter decoded Audio and Video through chain of filters.
* `libavdevice` provides an abstraction to access capture and playback devices.
* `libswresample` implements audio mixing and resampling routines.
* `libswscale` implements color conversion and scaling routines.
## Tools
* [ffmpeg](https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html) is a command line toolbox to
manipulate, convert and stream multimedia content.
* [ffplay](https://ffmpeg.org/ffplay.html) is a minimalistic multimedia player.
* [ffprobe](https://ffmpeg.org/ffprobe.html) is a simple analysis tool to inspect
multimedia content.
* [ffserver](https://ffmpeg.org/ffserver.html) is a multimedia streaming server
for live broadcasts.
* Additional small tools such as `aviocat`, `ismindex` and `qt-faststart`.
## Documentation
The offline documentation is available in the **doc/** directory.
The online documentation is available in the main [website](https://ffmpeg.org)
and in the [wiki](https://trac.ffmpeg.org).
### Examples
Coding examples are available in the **doc/examples** directory.
## License
FFmpeg codebase is mainly LGPL-licensed with optional components licensed under
GPL. Please refer to the LICENSE file for detailed information.
## Contributing
Patches should be submitted to the ffmpeg-devel mailing list using
`git format-patch` or `git send-email`. Github pull requests should be
avoided because they are not part of our review process. Few developers
follow pull requests so they will likely be ignored.

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
#!/bin/bash
#apply fix http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.comp.video.ffmpeg.devel/203198
function build_one {
echo "Cleaning..."
make clean
echo "Configuring..."
./configure \
--cc=$CC \
--nm=$NM \
--enable-stripping \
--arch=$ARCH \
--cpu=$CPU \
--target-os=linux \
--enable-cross-compile \
--yasmexe=$NDK/prebuilt/darwin-x86_64/bin/yasm \
--prefix=$PREFIX \
--enable-pic \
--disable-shared \
--enable-static \
--cross-prefix=$CROSS_PREFIX \
--sysroot=$PLATFORM \
--extra-cflags="-Os -DANDROID $OPTIMIZE_CFLAGS -fPIE -pie --static" \
--extra-ldflags="-Wl,-rpath-link=$PLATFORM/usr/lib -L$PLATFORM/usr/lib -nostdlib -lc -lm -ldl" \
--extra-libs="-lgcc" \
\
--enable-version3 \
--enable-gpl \
\
--disable-doc \
--disable-avx \
\
--disable-everything \
--disable-network \
--disable-zlib \
--disable-avfilter \
--disable-avdevice \
--disable-postproc \
--disable-debug \
--disable-programs \
--disable-network \
\
--enable-pthreads \
--enable-protocol=file \
--enable-decoder=h264 \
--enable-decoder=gif \
--enable-demuxer=mov \
--enable-demuxer=gif \
--enable-hwaccels \
--enable-runtime-cpudetect \
--enable-asm \
$ADDITIONAL_CONFIGURE_FLAG
#echo "continue?"
#read
make -j8 install
}
NDK=/Applications/sdk/ndk-bundle
#arm platform
PLATFORM=$NDK/platforms/android-9/arch-arm
PREBUILT=$NDK/toolchains/arm-linux-androideabi-4.8/prebuilt/darwin-x86_64
LD=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-ld
AR=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-ar
NM=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-nm
GCCLIB=$PREBUILT/lib/gcc/arm-linux-androideabi/4.8/libgcc.a
ARCH=arm
CC=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-gcc
CROSS_PREFIX=$PREBUILT/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-
#arm v5
CPU=armv5te
OPTIMIZE_CFLAGS="-marm -march=$CPU"
PREFIX=./android/$CPU
ADDITIONAL_CONFIGURE_FLAG="--disable-armv6 --disable-armv6t2 --disable-vfp --disable-neon"
build_one
#arm v7n
CPU=armv7-a
OPTIMIZE_CFLAGS="-marm -march=$CPU"
PREFIX=./android/$CPU
ADDITIONAL_CONFIGURE_FLAG=--enable-neon
build_one
#x86 platform
PLATFORM=$NDK/platforms/android-9/arch-x86
PREBUILT=$NDK/toolchains/x86-4.8/prebuilt/darwin-x86_64
LD=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-ld
AR=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-ar
NM=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-nm
GCCLIB=$PREBUILT/lib/gcc/i686-linux-android/4.8/libgcc.a
ARCH=x86
CC=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-gcc
CROSS_PREFIX=$PREBUILT/bin/i686-linux-android-
CPU=i686
OPTIMIZE_CFLAGS="-march=$CPU"
PREFIX=./android/$CPU
ADDITIONAL_CONFIGURE_FLAG="--disable-mmx --disable-yasm"
build_one

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
/**
* AVDCT context.
* @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been
* disabled at build time.
*/
typedef struct AVDCT {
const AVClass *av_class;
void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
/**
* IDCT input permutation.
* Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the
* normal order of the reference IDCT).
* This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add.
* Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan<br>
* An example to avoid confusion:
* - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...)
* - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x)
* - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation
* -> simple_idct_mmx -> x)
* - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant
* -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...)
*/
uint8_t idct_permutation[64];
void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
/**
* DCT algorithm.
* must use AVOptions to set this field.
*/
int dct_algo;
/**
* IDCT algorithm.
* must use AVOptions to set this field.
*/
int idct_algo;
void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */,
ptrdiff_t line_size);
int bits_per_sample;
} AVDCT;
/**
* Allocates a AVDCT context.
* This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally
* configuring it with AVOptions.
*
* To free it use av_free()
*/
AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void);
int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *);
const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void);
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_fft
* FFT functions
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
* @ingroup lavc_misc
*
* @{
*/
typedef float FFTSample;
typedef struct FFTComplex {
FFTSample re, im;
} FFTComplex;
typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
/**
* Set up a complex FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
*/
FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
/**
* Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
*/
void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
/**
* Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
* input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
*/
void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
enum RDFTransformType {
DFT_R2C,
IDFT_C2R,
IDFT_R2C,
DFT_C2R,
};
typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
/**
* Set up a real FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param trans the type of transform
*/
RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
enum DCTTransformType {
DCT_II = 0,
DCT_III,
DCT_I,
DST_I,
};
/**
* Set up DCT.
*
* @param nbits size of the input array:
* (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
* (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
* @param type the type of transform
*
* @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
*/
DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/*
* Direct3D11 HW acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
* copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va
* Public libavcodec D3D11VA header.
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <d3d11.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
/**
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
* to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
*
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
*
* Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext {
/**
* D3D11 decoder object
*/
ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder;
/**
* D3D11 VideoContext
*/
ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
/**
* D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder
*/
D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg;
/**
* The number of surface in the surface array
*/
unsigned surface_count;
/**
* The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
*/
ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface;
/**
* A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
*/
uint64_t workaround;
/**
* Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
*/
unsigned report_id;
/**
* Mutex to access video_context
*/
HANDLE context_mutex;
} AVD3D11VAContext;
/**
* Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
*
* @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure.
*/
AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
* Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
* Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
/**
* @file
* Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
* @author Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
* @author David Conrad
* @author Jordi Ortiz
*/
#include "avcodec.h"
/**
* Parse code values:
*
* Dirac Specification ->
* 9.6.1 Table 9.1
*
* VC-2 Specification ->
* 10.4.1 Table 10.1
*/
enum DiracParseCodes {
DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00,
DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10,
DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20,
DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8,
DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344,
};
typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
int major;
int minor;
} DiracVersionInfo;
typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
unsigned width;
unsigned height;
uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420
uint8_t interlaced;
uint8_t top_field_first;
uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
uint16_t clean_width;
uint16_t clean_height;
uint16_t clean_left_offset;
uint16_t clean_right_offset;
uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
int profile;
int level;
AVRational framerate;
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
DiracVersionInfo version;
int bit_depth;
} AVDiracSeqHeader;
/**
* Parse a Dirac sequence header.
*
* @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
* and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
* av_free().
* @param buf the data buffer
* @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
* @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to
* determine the profile */
#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */
/*
* AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various
* DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating
* 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various
* DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834).
*/
typedef struct AVDVProfile {
int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */
int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */
int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */
int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */
int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */
AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */
int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */
int height; /* picture height in pixels */
int width; /* picture width in pixels */
AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */
int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */
const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */
int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */
int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */
/* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */
int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */
/* in each frame in a 5 frames window */
const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */
} AVDVProfile;
/**
* Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame.
*
* @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL
* @param frame the compressed data buffer
* @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes
* @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure
*/
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys,
const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size);
/**
* Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
*/
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
* The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter.
*/
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate);
#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
* DXVA2 HW acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H
#define AVCODEC_DXVA_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2
* Public libavcodec DXVA2 header.
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <d3d9.h>
#include <dxva2api.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
/**
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
* to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
*
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
*/
struct dxva_context {
/**
* DXVA2 decoder object
*/
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
/**
* DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
*/
const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
/**
* The number of surface in the surface array
*/
unsigned surface_count;
/**
* The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
*/
LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
/**
* A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
*/
uint64_t workaround;
/**
* Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
*/
unsigned report_id;
};
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
/*
* Intel MediaSDK QSV public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H
#define AVCODEC_QSV_H
#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
/**
* This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and
* the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
* - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format()
* callback
* - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2()
*/
typedef struct AVQSVContext {
/**
* If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding.
* Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session.
*/
mfxSession session;
/**
* The IO pattern to use.
*/
int iopattern;
/**
* Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization.
*/
mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers;
int nb_ext_buffers;
/**
* Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec
* will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to
* the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also
* set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY.
*
* The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number
* required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces.
* The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through
* the opaque_surfaces field.
*/
int opaque_alloc;
/**
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before
* calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number
* of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the
* encoder.
*
* On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to
* the total number of allocated opaque surfaces.
*/
int nb_opaque_surfaces;
/**
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
* from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the
* array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be
* passed to other parts of the pipeline.
*
* The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec,
* the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free
* it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed.
*
* The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1.
*/
AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces;
/**
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
* from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in
* the opaque allocation request.
*/
int opaque_alloc_type;
} AVQSVContext;
/**
* Allocate a new context.
*
* It must be freed by the caller with av_free().
*/
AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void);
#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
/*
* Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player)
* HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1
*
* Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi
* Public libavcodec VA API header.
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
* @{
*/
/**
* This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and
* the client video application.
* This shall be zero-allocated and available as
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
* decoding functions.
*/
struct vaapi_context {
/**
* Window system dependent data
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by user
*/
void *display;
/**
* Configuration ID
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by user
*/
uint32_t config_id;
/**
* Context ID (video decode pipeline)
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by user
*/
uint32_t context_id;
#if FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT
/**
* VAPictureParameterBuffer ID
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t pic_param_buf_id;
/**
* VAIQMatrixBuffer ID
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id;
/**
* VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding)
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t bitplane_buf_id;
/**
* Slice parameter/data buffer IDs
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t *slice_buf_ids;
/**
* Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids;
/**
* Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc;
/**
* Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
void *slice_params;
/**
* Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int slice_param_size;
/**
* Size of pre-allocated slice_params
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int slice_params_alloc;
/**
* Number of slices currently filled in
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int slice_count;
/**
* Pointer to slice data buffer base
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
const uint8_t *slice_data;
/**
* Current size of slice data
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t slice_data_size;
#endif
};
/* @} */
#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
/*
* VDA HW acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H
#define AVCODEC_VDA_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda
* Public libavcodec VDA header.
*/
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
#include <stdint.h>
// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes
// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390
#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h>
#undef Picture
#include "libavcodec/version.h"
// extra flags not defined in VDADecoder.h
enum {
kVDADecodeInfo_Asynchronous = 1UL << 0,
kVDADecodeInfo_FrameDropped = 1UL << 1
};
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
/**
* This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data
* to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
*
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
*/
struct vda_context {
/**
* VDA decoder object.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
VDADecoder decoder;
/**
* The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data.
*
* encoding: unused
* decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user.
*/
CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer;
/**
* Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode.
*
* encoding: unused
* decoding: Set by user.
*/
int use_sync_decoding;
/**
* The frame width.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int width;
/**
* The frame height.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int height;
/**
* The frame format.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int format;
/**
* The pixel format for output image buffers.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
/**
* unused
*/
uint8_t *priv_bitstream;
/**
* unused
*/
int priv_bitstream_size;
/**
* unused
*/
int priv_allocated_size;
/**
* Use av_buffer to manage buffer.
* When the flag is set, the CVPixelBuffers returned by the decoder will
* be released automatically, so you have to retain them if necessary.
* Not setting this flag may cause memory leak.
*
* encoding: unused
* decoding: Set by user.
*/
int use_ref_buffer;
};
/** Create the video decoder. */
int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx,
uint8_t *extradata,
int extradata_size);
/** Destroy the video decoder. */
int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
/**
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing VDA decoding.
* Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
* av_vda_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
*/
typedef struct AVVDAContext {
/**
* VDA decoder object. Created and freed by the caller.
*/
VDADecoder decoder;
/**
* The output callback that must be passed to VDADecoderCreate.
* Set by av_vda_alloc_context().
*/
VDADecoderOutputCallback output_callback;
/**
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that VDA will use for decoded frames; set by
* the caller.
*/
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
} AVVDAContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a VDA context.
*
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VDA format. The caller must then create the decoder
* object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that will be used
* for VDA-accelerated decoding.
*
* When decoding with VDA is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
* object and free the VDA context using av_free().
*
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
*/
AVVDAContext *av_vda_alloc_context(void);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_vda_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
* @param vdactx the VDA context to use
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_vda_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVDAContext *vdactx);
/**
* This function must be called to free the VDA context initialized with
* av_vda_default_init().
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*/
void av_vda_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
/*
* The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
* hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
*
* Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
* Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
* - VDPAU decoding
* - VDPAU presentation
*
* The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
* parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
*
* As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
* and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
* presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
*
* @{
*/
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
#include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
#include "version.h"
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo {
VdpPictureInfoH264 h264;
VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg;
VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1;
VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4;
};
#endif
struct AVCodecContext;
struct AVFrame;
typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
/**
* This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
* the client video application.
* The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
* function and make it available as
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
* decoding functions.
*
* The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
* be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
* AVVDPAUContext.
*/
typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
/**
* VDPAU decoder handle
*
* Set by user.
*/
VdpDecoder decoder;
/**
* VDPAU decoder render callback
*
* Set by the user.
*/
VdpDecoderRender *render;
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
/**
* VDPAU picture information
*
* Set by libavcodec.
*/
attribute_deprecated
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
/**
* Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table.
*
* Set by libavcodec.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
/**
* Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table.
*
* Set by libavcodec.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int bitstream_buffers_used;
/**
* Table of bitstream buffers.
* The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep().
*
* Set by libavcodec.
*/
attribute_deprecated
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
#endif
AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
} AVVDPAUContext;
/**
* @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
*
* Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
*/
AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
/**
* Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
* This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
* or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
* the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
* display preemption).
*
* @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
* successfully.
*
* @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
* @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
* @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
* @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
*
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
/**
* Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
* context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
*
* @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
* VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
*
* @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
* @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
* (or NULL to ignore)
* @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
* (or NULL to ignore)
* @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
* (or NULL to ignore)
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
/**
* Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
*
* @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
*/
AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
/**
* Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder.
* Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback.
*
* @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead.
*
* @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
* @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success.
* The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns
* an error.
*
* @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
#endif
#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1
/**
* @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction.
* The codec manipulates this.
*/
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2
/**
* @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg
* decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module.
* This is used for defining a video frame containing surface,
* picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed
* between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients.
*/
struct vdpau_render_state {
VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed.
int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values.
/** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
/** Describe size/location of the compressed video data.
Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
int bitstream_buffers_used;
/** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
};
#endif
/* @}*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavc
* Libavcodec version macros.
*/
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 57
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 21
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*/
#ifndef FF_API_VIMA_DECODER
#define FF_API_VIMA_DECODER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
#define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE
#define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
#define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
#define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE
#define FF_API_VOXWARE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS
#define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC
#define FF_API_AC_VLC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4
#define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED
#define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA
#define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_XVMC
#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE
#define FF_API_ERROR_RATE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE
#define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE
#define FF_API_MB_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES
#define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES
#define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE
#define FF_API_EMU_EDGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4
#define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC
#define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS
#define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX
#define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED
#define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP
#define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_GMC
#define FF_API_GMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MV0
#define FF_API_MV0 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME
#define FF_API_CODEC_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AFD
#define FF_API_AFD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VISMV
/* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation */
#define FF_API_VISMV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY
#define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT
#define FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT
#define FF_API_MPV_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG
#define FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_QUANT_BIAS
#define FF_API_QUANT_BIAS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_RC_STRATEGY
#define FF_API_RC_STRATEGY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME
#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MOTION_EST
#define FF_API_MOTION_EST (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX
#define FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE
#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY
#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE
#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS
#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/*
* Videotoolbox hardware acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox
* Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header.
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
#undef Picture
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
/**
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding.
* Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
* av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
*/
typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
/**
* Videotoolbox decompression session object.
* Created and freed the caller.
*/
VTDecompressionSessionRef session;
/**
* The output callback that must be passed to the session.
* Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init()
*/
VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback;
/**
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
* set by the caller.
*/
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
/**
* CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
* Set by the caller.
*/
CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc;
/**
* CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
* Set by the caller.
*/
int cm_codec_type;
} AVVideotoolboxContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context.
*
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create
* the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that
* will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding.
*
* When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
* object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free().
*
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
*/
AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
* @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx);
/**
* This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with
* av_videotoolbox_default_init().
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*/
void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* A public API for Vorbis parsing
*
* Determines the duration for each packet.
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H
#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H
#include <stdint.h>
typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
*
* @param avctx codec context
* @param s Vorbis parser context
*/
AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
int extradata_size);
/**
* Free the parser and everything associated with it.
*/
void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s);
#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001
#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002
#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004
/**
* Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
*
* If @p flags is @c NULL,
* special frames are considered invalid.
*
* @param s Vorbis parser context
* @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
* @param buf_size size of the buffer
* @param flags flags for special frames
*/
int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
int buf_size, int *flags);
/**
* Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
*
* @param s Vorbis parser context
* @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
* @param buf_size size of the buffer
*/
int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
int buf_size);
void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
* Public libavcodec XvMC header.
*/
#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt {
/** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int xvmc_id;
/** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
- application - set the pointer during initialization
- libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
*/
short* data_blocks;
/** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
- application - set the pointer during initialization
- libavcodec - fills description data into the array
*/
XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
/** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
array.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int allocated_mv_blocks;
/** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int allocated_data_blocks;
/** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int idct;
/** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int unsigned_intra;
/** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
XvMCSurface* p_surface;
/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
//@{
/** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
/** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
/** top/bottom field or frame
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
unsigned int picture_structure;
/** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
unsigned int flags;
//}@
/** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
that have already been passed to the hardware.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int start_mv_blocks_num;
/** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
passed to the hardware.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
ff_draw_horiz_band().
- libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
*/
int filled_mv_blocks_num;
/** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
64 short values in the data_blocks array.
All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
position into the corresponding block description structure field,
that are part of the mv_blocks array.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
with start_mb_blocks_num.
- libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
of coded blocks it contains.
*/
int next_free_data_block_num;
};
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavf_io
* Buffered I/O operations
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/common.h"
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavformat/version.h"
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL 0x0001 /**< Seeking works like for a local file */
/**
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
* AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
* function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
* opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
* blocking operation will be aborted.
*
* No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
* new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
* or AVIOContext.
*/
typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
int (*callback)(void*);
void *opaque;
} AVIOInterruptCB;
/**
* Directory entry types.
*/
enum AVIODirEntryType {
AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
};
/**
* Describes single entry of the directory.
*
* Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
* Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
*/
typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
char *name; /**< Filename */
int type; /**< Type of the entry */
int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
-1 if unknown. */
int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
} AVIODirEntry;
typedef struct AVIODirContext {
struct URLContext *url_context;
} AVIODirContext;
/**
* Bytestream IO Context.
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
* version bump.
* sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
*
* @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
* directly, they should only be set by the client application
* when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
* function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
*/
typedef struct AVIOContext {
/**
* A class for private options.
*
* If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
* passes the options down to protocols.
*
* If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
* the caller.
*
* warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/*
* The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, buf_end, buf_size,
* and pos, when reading and when writing (since AVIOContext is used for both):
*
**********************************************************************************
* READING
**********************************************************************************
*
* | buffer_size |
* |---------------------------------------|
* | |
*
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
* +---------------+-----------------------+
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
* read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
* +---------------+-----------------------+
*
* pos
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
* input file: | | |
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
*
*
**********************************************************************************
* WRITING
**********************************************************************************
*
* | buffer_size |
* |-------------------------------|
* | |
*
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
* +-------------------+-----------+
* |/ / / / / / / / / /| |
* write buffer: | / to be flushed / | |
* |/ / / / / / / / / /| |
* +-------------------+-----------+
*
* pos
* +--------------------------+-----------------------------------+
* output file: | | |
* +--------------------------+-----------------------------------+
*
*/
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
no more data has been received yet. */
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
functions. */
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
int must_flush; /**< true if the next seek should flush */
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
int max_packet_size;
unsigned long checksum;
unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
/**
* Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
*/
int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
/**
* Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
* Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
* to byte position.
*/
int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
/**
* A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
*/
int seekable;
/**
* max filesize, used to limit allocations
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
*/
int64_t maxsize;
/**
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
* call the underlying seek function directly.
*/
int direct;
/**
* Bytes read statistic
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
*/
int64_t bytes_read;
/**
* seek statistic
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
*/
int seek_count;
/**
* writeout statistic
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
*/
int writeout_count;
/**
* Original buffer size
* used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
*/
int orig_buffer_size;
/**
* Threshold to favor readahead over seek.
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
*/
int short_seek_threshold;
} AVIOContext;
/* unbuffered I/O */
/**
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
*
* NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
*
* @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
*/
const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
/**
* Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
* of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
* masked by the value in flags.
*
* @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
* checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
* one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
* unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
* checked resource.
*/
int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
/**
* Move or rename a resource.
*
* @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority.
*
* @param url_src url to resource to be moved
* @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
*/
int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst);
/**
* Delete a resource.
*
* @param url resource to be deleted.
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
*/
int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url);
/**
* Open directory for reading.
*
* @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
* @param url directory to be listed.
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
*/
int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Get next directory entry.
*
* Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
* it may outlive AVIODirContext.
*
* @param s directory read context.
* @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
* error.
*/
int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
/**
* Close directory.
*
* @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
* freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
*
* @param s directory read context.
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
*/
int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
/**
* Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
*
* @param entry entry to be freed.
*/
void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
/**
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
* freed with av_free().
*
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
* It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
* AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
* which must be later freed with av_free().
* @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
* For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
* For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
*
* @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
*/
AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
unsigned char *buffer,
int buffer_size,
int write_flag,
void *opaque,
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
/**
* Write a NULL-terminated string.
* @return number of bytes written.
*/
int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
* @param s the AVIOContext
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
*
* @return number of bytes written.
*/
int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
* @param s the AVIOContext
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
*
* @return number of bytes written.
*/
int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
*/
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
/**
* Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
* means that can be extremely slow.
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
*/
#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
/**
* fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return new position or AVERROR.
*/
int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
/**
* Skip given number of bytes forward
* @return new position or AVERROR.
*/
int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
/**
* ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return position or AVERROR.
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
{
return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
}
/**
* Get the filesize.
* @return filesize or AVERROR
*/
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
*/
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
#if FF_API_URL_FEOF
/**
* @deprecated use avio_feof()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int url_feof(AVIOContext *s);
#endif
/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
/**
* Force flushing of buffered data.
*
* For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
* without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
*
* For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
* reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
* read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
*/
void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
*/
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
/**
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
* @{
*
* @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
* necessary
*/
int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
* a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
* more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
* will be truncated if buf is too small.
* Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
* might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
*
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
* If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
* bytes actually read.
*/
int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
/**
* Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
* The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
* encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
*/
int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
/**
* @name URL open modes
* The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
* @{
*/
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Use non-blocking mode.
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
* silently ignored.
*/
#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
/**
* Use direct mode.
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
* call the underlying seek function directly.
*/
#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
/**
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
* resource indicated by url.
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
*
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
* @param url resource to access
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
* is to be opened
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure
*/
int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
/**
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
* resource indicated by url.
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
*
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
* @param url resource to access
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
* is to be opened
* @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
* that were not found. May be NULL.
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure
*/
int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
*
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
* resource.
*
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
* @see avio_closep
*/
int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
* and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
*
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
* resource.
*
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
* @see avio_close
*/
int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
/**
* Open a write only memory stream.
*
* @param s new IO context
* @return zero if no error.
*/
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
/**
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
* must be freed with av_free().
* Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
*
* @param s IO context
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
* @return the length of the byte buffer
*/
int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
/**
* Iterate through names of available protocols.
*
* @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
* It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
* be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
* @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
* otherwise over input protocols.
*
* @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
*/
const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
/**
* Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
* protocol (e.g. MMS).
*
* @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
* @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
*/
int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
/**
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
* Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
*
* @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
* @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
* If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
* units from the beginning of the presentation.
* If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
* seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
* @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
* or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
* @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
* and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
* AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
* fail if used and not supported.
* @return >= 0 on success
* @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
*/
int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
struct AVBPrint;
/**
* Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
*
* @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
* code otherwise
*/
int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
/**
* Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
* @param s the server context
* @param c the client context, must be unallocated
* @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
* to an AVERROR on failure
*/
int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
/**
* Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
* This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
* using it as a read/write context.
* It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
* A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
* decide to change the proceedings.
* For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
* one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
* from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
* chunk of the request can constitute a step.
* If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
* returns 0 immediately.
*
* @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
* @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
* > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
* < 0 for an AVERROR code
*/
int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/*
* Version macros.
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavf
* Libavformat version macros
*/
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 57
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 21
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*
*/
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT
#define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC
#define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB
#define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF
#define FF_API_URL_FEOF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE
#define FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
#endif
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @file
* Public header for libavutil Adler32 hasher
*
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler32
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
/**
* Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
*
* Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
* allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
* they were concatenated.
*
* @param adler initial checksum value
* @param buf pointer to input buffer
* @param len size of input buffer
* @return updated checksum
*/
unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf,
unsigned int len) av_pure;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_aes AES
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_aes_size;
struct AVAES;
/**
* Allocate an AVAES context.
*/
struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAES context.
* @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/*
* AES-CTR cipher
* Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
struct AVAESCTR;
/**
* Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
*/
struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
* @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
*/
int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
/**
* Release an AVAESCTR context.
*/
void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param size the size of src and dst
*/
void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
/**
* Get the current iv
*/
const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Generate a random iv
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Forcefully change the iv
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
/**
* Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
*/
void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
#else
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0
#endif
#ifndef av_always_inline
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define av_always_inline __forceinline
#else
# define av_always_inline inline
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_extern_inline
#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
# define av_extern_inline extern inline
#else
# define av_extern_inline inline
#endif
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
#else
# define av_warn_unused_result
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
#else
# define av_noinline
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
#else
# define av_pure
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6)
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
#else
# define av_const
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
#else
# define av_cold
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
#else
# define av_flatten
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
#else
# define attribute_deprecated
#endif
/**
* Disable warnings about deprecated features
* This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
* scheduled for removal.
*/
#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
code \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
__pragma(warning(push)) \
__pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
code; \
__pragma(warning(pop))
#else
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
#endif
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__)
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
#else
# define av_unused
#endif
/**
* Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
#else
# define av_used
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3)
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
#else
# define av_alias
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__)
# define av_uninit(x) x=x
#else
# define av_uninit(x) x
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
#else
# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5)
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
#else
# define av_noreturn
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
/*
* Audio FIFO
* Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Audio FIFO Buffer
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
#include "avutil.h"
#include "fifo.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
* @{
*/
/**
* Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
*
* - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
* - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
* - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
*/
typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
/**
* Free an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to free
*/
void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param sample_fmt sample format
* @param channels number of channels
* @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples
* @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
*/
AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
int nb_samples);
/**
* Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate
* @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
/**
* Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
*
* The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
* is less than nb_samples.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to write to
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to write
* @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
* code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
* actually written will always be nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to read
* @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* Removes the data without reading it.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to drain
* @param nb_samples number of samples to drain
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
/**
* Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
*
* This empties all data in the buffer.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reset
*/
void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
*
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
* @return number of samples available for reading
*/
int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
*
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
* @return number of samples available for writing
*/
int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "log.h"
/**
* assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
*/
#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
if (!(cond)) { \
av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
abort(); \
} \
} while (0)
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#else
#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
#endif
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#else
#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
/* Generated by ffconf */
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 0
#define AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI 0
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_string
* @{
*/
/**
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
* the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
*
* @param str input string
* @param pfx prefix to test
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
*/
int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
/**
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
* it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
* after the prefix.
*
* @param str input string
* @param pfx prefix to test
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
*/
int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
/**
* Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
* of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
* match at the start of haystack.
*
* This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
*
* @param haystack string to search in
* @param needle string to search for
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
* or a null pointer if no match
*/
char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
/**
* Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
* where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
* string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
*
* This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
*
* @param haystack string to search in
* @param needle string to search for
* @param hay_length length of string to search in
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
* or a null pointer if no match
*/
char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
/**
* Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
* null-terminate dst.
*
* This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
*
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param src source string
* @param size size of destination buffer
* @return the length of src
*
* @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
* _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
* the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
*/
size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
/**
* Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
* no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
*
* This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
* size <= strlen(dst).
*
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param src source string
* @param size size of destination buffer
* @return the total length of src and dst
*
* @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
* absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
* will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
*/
size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
/**
* Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
* the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
* the buffer.
* @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
* appended)
* @param size total size of the destination buffer
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
* following parameters are used
* @return the length of the string that would have been generated
* if enough space had been available
*/
size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
/**
* Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
*
* @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
* is the maximum value which is returned by the function
*/
static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
;
return i;
}
/**
* Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
* allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
* following parameters are used.
* @return the allocated string
* @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
*/
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
/**
* Convert a number to a av_malloced string.
*/
char *av_d2str(double d);
/**
* Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
* and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
*
* The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
* whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
* enclosed between ''.
*
* @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
* terminating char
* @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
* @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
* the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
*/
char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
/**
* Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
* successive calls to av_strtok().
*
* A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
* set specified in delim.
*
* On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
* parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
* should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
* call.
*
* This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
*
* @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
* @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
* @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
* information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
* string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
* first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
* @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
*/
char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
{
return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
{
return c > 32 && c < 127;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
{
return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
c == '\v';
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
*/
static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
{
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
c ^= 0x20;
return c;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
*/
static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
{
if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
c ^= 0x20;
return c;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
{
c = av_tolower(c);
return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
}
/**
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
*/
int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
/**
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
*/
int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
/**
* Thread safe basename.
* @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
* @return pointer to the basename substring.
*/
const char *av_basename(const char *path);
/**
* Thread safe dirname.
* @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
* @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".".
* @note the function may change the input string.
*/
const char *av_dirname(char *path);
/**
* Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
* @param name Name to look for.
* @param names List of names.
* @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
*/
int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
/**
* Append path component to the existing path.
* Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
* Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
* @param path base path
* @param component component to be appended
* @return new path or NULL on error.
*/
char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
enum AVEscapeMode {
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping.
};
/**
* Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
* string.
*
* This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
* characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
* of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
/**
* Escape only specified special characters.
* Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
* special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
/**
* Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
* string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
*
* @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put
* @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
* notice.
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
* @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
* @see av_bprint_escape()
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
/**
* Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
* buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
* decode.
*
* In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
* the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
* return an error code.
*
* Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
* case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
*
* @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
* GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
*
* @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
* The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
* @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
* to decode, updated by the function to point to the
* byte next after the decoded sequence
* @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
* byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
* avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
* UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
* @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
* @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
* value in case of invalid sequence
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
unsigned int flags);
/**
* Check if a name is in a list.
* @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
* list.
*/
int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
/**
* @file
* external API header
*/
/**
* @mainpage
*
* @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
*
* This document describes the usage of the different libraries
* provided by FFmpeg.
*
* @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
* @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
* @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
* @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
* @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
* @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
*
* @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
*
* Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
* major, minor and micro version number with the
* <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
* number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
* parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
* version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
* new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
* version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
* might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
* unspecified situation.
*
* FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
* as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
* will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
* values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
* explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
* not change.
*
* In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
* should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
* same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
* FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
* links against.
*
* However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
* public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
* FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
* situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
* by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
* version number.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu Common utility functions
*
* @brief
* libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg
* libraries
*
* @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include
* the specific header.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
*
* @{
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_math Maths
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_misc Other
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
*
* @{
*
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_ver
* @{
*/
/**
* Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned avutil_version(void);
/**
* Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
* version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
* and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
*/
const char *av_version_info(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
*/
const char *avutil_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil license.
*/
const char *avutil_license(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
* @brief Media Type
*/
enum AVMediaType {
AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
};
/**
* Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
* is unknown.
*/
const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
/**
* @defgroup lavu_const Constants
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
*
* @note those definition should move to avcodec
* @{
*/
#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
/**
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
*
* FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Undefined timestamp value
*
* Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
* either pts or dts.
*/
#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
/**
* Internal time base represented as integer
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
/**
* Internal time base represented as fractional value
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
/**
* @}
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
*
* AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
*
* @{
*/
enum AVPictureType {
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
};
/**
* Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
* pict_type.
*
* @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
* representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
*/
char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
/**
* @}
*/
#include "common.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "macros.h"
#include "mathematics.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
*/
static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
{
return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
}
/**
* Compute the length of an integer list.
*
* @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param list pointer to the list
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
*/
unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
/**
* Compute the length of an integer list.
*
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param list pointer to the list
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
*/
#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
/**
* Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
* The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
* errno.
*/
FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
/**
* Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
*/
AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com)
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
/**
* Decode a base64-encoded string.
*
* @param out buffer for decoded data
* @param in null-terminated input string
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
* least 3/4 of the length of in
* @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
* invalid input
*/
int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
/**
* Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
*
* @param out buffer for encoded data
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
* null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
* @param in input buffer containing the data to encode
* @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
* @return out or NULL in case of error
*/
char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
/**
* Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
* null-terminated string.
*/
#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* Blowfish algorithm
* Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
typedef struct AVBlowfish {
uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
uint32_t s[4][256];
} AVBlowfish;
/**
* Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
*/
AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param key a key
* @param key_len length of the key
*/
void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
* @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "avstring.h"
/**
* Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
* This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
*/
#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
typedef struct name { \
__VA_ARGS__ \
char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
} name;
/**
* Buffer to print data progressively
*
* The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
* The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
* encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
*
* Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
* memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
* after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
* declaring a local "char buf[512]".
*
* The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
* then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
* length.
*
* In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
* total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
* enough memory.
*
* Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
* allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
* is still updated. This situation can be tested with
* av_bprint_is_complete().
*
* The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
*
* size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
* reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
*
* size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
* length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
* a buffer with exactly the necessary size
* (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
*
* size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
* structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
* internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
* such as the current paragraph.
*/
FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
char *str; /**< string so far */
unsigned len; /**< length so far */
unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */
unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
)
/**
* Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
* parameter.
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
/**
* Init a print buffer.
*
* @param buf buffer to init
* @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
* @param size_max maximum size;
* 0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
* 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage;
* any large value means that the internal buffer will be
* reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to
* UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible.
* Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros.
*/
void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
/**
* Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
*
* The buffer will not be reallocated.
*
* @param buf buffer structure to init
* @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
* @param size size of buffer
*/
void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
/**
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
*/
void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
/**
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
*/
void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
/**
* Append char c n times to a print buffer.
*/
void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
/**
* Append data to a print buffer.
*
* param buf bprint buffer to use
* param data pointer to data
* param size size of data
*/
void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
struct tm;
/**
* Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
*
* param buf bprint buffer to use
* param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
* param tm broken-down time structure to translate
*
* @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
* produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
* the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
*/
void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
/**
* Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
*
* @param[in] buf buffer structure
* @param[in] size required size
* @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area
* @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation;
* can be larger or smaller than size
*/
void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
/**
* Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
*/
void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
/**
* Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
*
* It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
* or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
*/
static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
{
return buf->len < buf->size;
}
/**
* Finalize a print buffer.
*
* The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
* but the len and size fields are still valid.
*
* @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
* buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
* if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
* @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
*/
int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
/**
* Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
*
* @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer
* @param src string containing the text to escape
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
* notice.
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
*/
void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* byte swapping routines
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "attributes.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_AARCH64
# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_SH4
# include "sh4/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/bswap.h"
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
#ifndef av_bswap16
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
{
x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
return x;
}
#endif
#ifndef av_bswap32
static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
{
return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
}
#endif
#ifndef av_bswap64
static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
{
return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
}
#endif
// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
#else
#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
#endif
#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_buffer
* refcounted data buffer API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
*
* There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
* represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
* by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
* e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
* are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
* reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
* caller directly.
*
* There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
* reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
* av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
* reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
* Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
* data once all the references are freed).
*
* The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
* buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
* it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
* provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
* automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
* Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
* however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
* control.
*
* @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
* may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
* additional locking.
*
* @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
* parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
*/
/**
* A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
* references (AVBufferRef).
*/
typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
/**
* A reference to a data buffer.
*
* The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
* to be allocated directly.
*/
typedef struct AVBufferRef {
AVBuffer *buffer;
/**
* The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
* this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
* av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
*/
uint8_t *data;
/**
* Size of data in bytes.
*/
int size;
} AVBufferRef;
/**
* Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
*
* @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size);
/**
* Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
* to zero.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size);
/**
* Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
* reference.
*/
#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
/**
* Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
*
* If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
* only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
* it.
* If this function fails, data is left untouched.
* @param data data array
* @param size size of data in bytes
* @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
* @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
*
* @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size,
void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
void *opaque, int flags);
/**
* Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
* This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
* directly.
*/
void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
/**
* Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
*
* @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
* failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
* references to it.
*
* @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
*/
void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
/**
* @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
* true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
* Return 0 otherwise.
* A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
*/
int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
*/
void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
* if possible.
*
* @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
* untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
* written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
*/
int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
/**
* Reallocate a given buffer.
*
* @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
* unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
* written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
* may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
* @param size required new buffer size.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
*
* @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
* initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
* reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
* a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
*/
int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
*
* Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
* meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
* same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
* frames).
*
* At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
* buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
* get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
* reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
* av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
* unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
* reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
*
* When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
* buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
* Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
*
* Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
* either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
* thread-safe.
*/
/**
* The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
* directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
* av_buffer_pool_uninit().
*/
typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
*
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
* (av_buffer_alloc()).
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
/**
* Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
* once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
* is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
* in use.
*
* @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
* @see av_buffer_pool_can_uninit()
*/
void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
/**
* Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
* This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
*
* @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/*
* An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_camellia_size;
struct AVCAMELLIA;
/**
* Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
* @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
*/
int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
*
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
* An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_cast5_size;
struct AVCAST5;
/**
* Allocate an AVCAST5 context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
* @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
*/
int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* audio channel layout utility functions
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*/
/**
* @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
*
* A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
* The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
* The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
* @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
* combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
* dual-mono.
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002
#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008
#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010
#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080
#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100
#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200
#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400
#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000
#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix.
#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL
#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL
/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
to be the native codec channel order. */
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
/**
* @}
* @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
* @{
* */
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
enum AVMatrixEncoding {
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
};
/**
* Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
*
* name can be one or several of the following notations,
* separated by '+' or '|':
* - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
* - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
* AV_CH_* macros).
*
* @warning Starting from the next major bump the trailing character
* 'c' to specify a number of channels will be required, while a
* channel layout mask could also be specified as a decimal number
* (if and only if not followed by "c").
*
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
*/
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
/**
* Return a description of a channel layout.
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
*
* @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
*/
void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
struct AVBPrint;
/**
* Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
*/
void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
*/
int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*/
int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
/**
* Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
*
* @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
* present in channel_layout.
*
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
* on error.
*/
int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
*/
uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
/**
* Get the name of a given channel.
*
* @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
*/
const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the description of a given channel.
*
* @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
* @return channel description on success, NULL on error
*/
const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
*
* @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
* @param[out] layout channel layout mask
* @param[out] name name of the layout
* @return 0 if the layout exists,
* <0 if index is beyond the limits
*/
int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
const char **name);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* common internal and external API header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
#else
# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
#endif
//rounded division & shift
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
/* assume b>0 */
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
/* assume a>0 and b>0 */
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
: ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
/**
* Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
* are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
* as with *abs()
* @see FFNABS()
*/
#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
/**
* Negative Absolute value.
* this works for all integers of all types.
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
* a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
*/
#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
/**
* Comparator.
* For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
* if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
* Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
* there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
* must not have a side-effect.
*/
#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
/* misc math functions */
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
# include "intmath.h"
#endif
/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
#include "common.h"
#ifndef av_log2
av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
#endif
#ifndef av_log2_16bit
av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
#endif
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
{
if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
{
if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
{
if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
else return (int32_t)a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if ((a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
else return a;
}
/**
* Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
{
return a & ((1 << p) - 1);
}
/**
* Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return sum with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
}
/**
* Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and added to a
* @return sum with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
* @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
* @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
{
return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
{
x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
x += x >> 8;
return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
{
return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
}
#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
/**
* Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
* Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
* assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
* input, this could be *ptr++.
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*
* @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
* could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
* exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
* to prevent undefined results.
*/
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
val= GET_BYTE;\
{\
uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
ERROR\
while (val & top) {\
int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\
if(tmp>>6)\
ERROR\
val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
top <<= 5;\
}\
val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
}
/**
* Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
* to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*/
#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
val = GET_16BIT;\
{\
unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
if (hi < 0x800) {\
val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
ERROR\
val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
}\
}\
/**
* @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_BYTE.
* @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
* It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
* For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
* executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
* 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
* Unicode character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
{\
int bytes, shift;\
uint32_t in = val;\
if (in < 0x80) {\
tmp = in;\
PUT_BYTE\
} else {\
bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
PUT_BYTE\
while (shift >= 6) {\
shift -= 6;\
tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
PUT_BYTE\
}\
}\
}
/**
* @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_16BIT.
* @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
* in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
* as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
* PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
{\
uint32_t in = val;\
if (in < 0x10000) {\
tmp = in;\
PUT_16BIT\
} else {\
tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
PUT_16BIT\
tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
PUT_16BIT\
}\
}\
#include "mem.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "internal.h"
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
/*
* The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
* to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
*/
#ifndef av_ceil_log2
# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip
# define av_clip av_clip_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip64
# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint8
# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int8
# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint16
# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int16
# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipl_int32
# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_intp2
# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_add32
# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipf
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipd
# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount
# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount64
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
#include "attributes.h"
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
/**
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to
* detect the enabled cpu flags.
*/
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
/**
* Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
* -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
*/
void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
/**
* Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
* This function is mainly useful for testing.
* Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
*
* @warning this function is not thread safe.
*/
attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
/**
* Parse CPU flags from a string.
*
* The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
*
* This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
* Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
* @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s);
/**
* Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
*
* @return negative on error.
*/
int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
/**
* @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
*/
int av_cpu_count(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC32
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
typedef enum {
AV_CRC_8_ATM,
AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
#if FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE
AV_CRC_24_IEEE = 12,
#else
AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
#endif /* FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE */
AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
}AVCRCId;
/**
* Initialize a CRC table.
* @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
* @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
* exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
* actual CRC).
* If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
* if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
* most cases to e.g. bswap16):
* av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
* @param bits number of bits for the CRC
* @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
* representation as specified by le
* @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
* @return <0 on failure
*/
int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
/**
* Get an initialized standard CRC table.
* @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
* @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
*/
const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
/**
* Calculate the CRC of a block.
* @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
* @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
*
* @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
*/
uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
* DES encryption/decryption
* Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
#define AVUTIL_DES_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_des DES
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
typedef struct AVDES {
uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
int triple_des;
} AVDES;
/**
* Allocate an AVDES context.
*/
AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
/**
* @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
*
* @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
* @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
*/
int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
*
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
* must be 8-byte aligned
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
*
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
*/
void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Public dictionary API.
* @deprecated
* AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
* implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
* extremely slow with large dictionaries.
* It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
* where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "version.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @brief Simple key:value store
*
* @{
* Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
* an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
* av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
* a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
* Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
* entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
* and all its contents.
*
@code
AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
<....> // iterate over all entries in d
}
av_dict_free(&d);
@endcode
*
*/
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
char *key;
char *value;
} AVDictionaryEntry;
typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
/**
* Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
*
* The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
* cause undefined behavior.
*
* To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
* to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
*
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
* @param key matching key
* @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
* @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
*/
AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
/**
* Get number of entries in dictionary.
*
* @param m dictionary
* @return number of entries in dictionary
*/
int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
/**
* Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
*
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
* these arguments will be freed on error.
*
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
*/
int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
/**
* Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
* and stores it.
*
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
*/
int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
*
* In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
* *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
*
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
* AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
* are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
* be duplicated.
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
int flags);
/**
* Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
* @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
* @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
* @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
* @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
* by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
*/
int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
/**
* Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
* and all keys and values.
*/
void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
/**
* Get dictionary entries as a string.
*
* Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
* Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
* @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
*
* @param[in] m dictionary
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
*/
int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
* should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
* with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
*
* The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
*
* | a b u |
* (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
* | x y w |
*
* All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
* except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
*
* The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
* frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
* follows:
* | a b u |
* (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
* | x y w |
*
* The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
* follows:
* p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
* q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
* z = u * p + v * q + w
*/
/**
* Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
*
* @param matrix the transformation matrix
* @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
* counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
* or NaN if the matrix is singular.
*
* @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
* recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
*/
double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
/**
* Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise
* rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
*
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
* by this function)
* @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
*/
void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
/**
* Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
*
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix
* @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
* @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
*/
void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
#include "frame.h"
/**
* @file
* audio downmix medatata
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*/
/**
* @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
* @{
*/
/**
* Possible downmix types.
*/
enum AVDownmixType {
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
};
/**
* This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
*
* All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
* bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
*/
typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
/**
* Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
*/
enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
* channel during a regular downmix.
*/
double center_mix_level;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
* channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
*/
double center_mix_level_ltrt;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
* channels during a regular downmix.
*/
double surround_mix_level;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
* channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
*/
double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
* mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
*/
double lfe_mix_level;
} AVDownmixInfo;
/**
* Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
*
* If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
*
* @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
*
* @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
* the structure cannot be allocated.
*/
AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* error code definitions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_error
*
* @{
*/
/* error handling */
#if EDOM > 0
#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
#else
/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
#define AVERROR(e) (e)
#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
#endif
#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
/**
* This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
* it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
*/
#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
/**
* Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
* In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
* error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
* error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
*
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
* @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
* @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
* cannot be found
*/
int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
* corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
*
* @param errbuf a buffer
* @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
* @see av_strerror()
*/
static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
{
av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
return errbuf;
}
/**
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
*/
#define av_err2str(errnum) \
av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* simple arithmetic expression evaluator
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
#include "avutil.h"
typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
/**
* Parse and evaluate an expression.
* Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
*
* @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
* the expression, or NAN in case of error
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Parse an expression.
*
* @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
* value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
* The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
* when it is not needed anymore.
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
*
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @return the value of the expression
*/
double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
/**
* Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
*/
void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
/**
* Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
* the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
* an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
* floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
* returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
* of numstr.
*
* @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
* the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
* 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
* instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
* 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
* allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
* @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
* after the last parsed character
*/
double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "2.8.git"
#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "attributes.h"
typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
uint8_t *buffer;
uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
uint32_t rndx, wndx;
} AVFifoBuffer;
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param size of FIFO
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
*/
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param nmemb number of elements
* @param size size of the single element
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
*/
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
*/
void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
*/
void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
/**
* Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
*/
void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can read from it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @return size
*/
int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can write into it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
* @return size
*/
int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param offset offset from current read position
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*/
int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*/
int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*/
int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
* @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
* modifiable context by the function defined in func
* @param size number of bytes to write
* @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
* the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
* func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
* indicate no more data available to write.
* If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
* @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO
*/
int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*/
int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
/**
* Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
* The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*/
int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
/**
* Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param size amount of data to read in bytes
*/
void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
/**
* Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
* The FIFO buffer is not modified.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
* @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
* than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
* point outside to the buffer data.
* The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
*/
static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
{
uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
if (ptr >= f->end)
ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
else if (ptr < f->buffer)
ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
return ptr;
}
#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
/**
* @file
* Misc file utilities.
*/
/**
* Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
* allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
* In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
* *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
*
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
* @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
* corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
*
* @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
* by av_file_map()
*/
void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
/**
* Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
* Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
* *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
* @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code on error)
* and opened file name in **filename.
* @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
* calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
* libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
*/
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,713 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_frame
* reference-counted frame API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "buffer.h"
#include "dict.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
*/
enum AVFrameSideDataType {
/**
* The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
/**
* ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
* A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
* The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
/**
* Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
* The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
/**
* The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
/**
* Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
* The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
/**
* ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
/**
* This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
* transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
* presentation.
*
* See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
/**
* Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
* in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
/**
* Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
* flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
* The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
* libavutil/motion_vector.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
/**
* Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
* only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
* This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
* @code
* u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
* u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
* u8 reason for start skip
* u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
* @endcode
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
/**
* This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
* enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
};
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
};
/**
* Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
*
* sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
* to the end with a minor bump.
*/
typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
uint8_t *data;
int size;
AVDictionary *metadata;
AVBufferRef *buf;
} AVFrameSideData;
/**
* This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
*
* AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
* allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
* through other means (see below).
* AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
*
* AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
* different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
* decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
* the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
* is reused again.
*
* The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
* AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
* AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
* least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
* every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
* AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
* There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
* each plane, or anything in between.
*
* sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
* to the end with a minor bump.
* Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by
* av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields
* without breaking compatibility with each other.
*/
typedef struct AVFrame {
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
/**
* pointer to the picture/channel planes.
* This might be different from the first allocated byte
*
* Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
* see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
* up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
* then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
*/
uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
* For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
*
* For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
* plane must be the same size.
*
* For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
* preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
* Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
* correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
*
* @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
* may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
*/
int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* pointers to the data planes/channels.
*
* For video, this should simply point to data[].
*
* For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
* linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
* For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
* contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
*
* Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
* but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
* extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
*/
uint8_t **extended_data;
/**
* width and height of the video frame
*/
int width, height;
/**
* number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
*/
int nb_samples;
/**
* format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
* Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
* enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
*/
int format;
/**
* 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
*/
int key_frame;
/**
* Picture type of the frame.
*/
enum AVPictureType pict_type;
/**
* Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
*/
int64_t pts;
/**
* PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
*/
int64_t pkt_pts;
/**
* DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
* This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
* only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
*/
int64_t pkt_dts;
/**
* picture number in bitstream order
*/
int coded_picture_number;
/**
* picture number in display order
*/
int display_picture_number;
/**
* quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
*/
int quality;
/**
* for some private data of the user
*/
void *opaque;
#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
/**
* @deprecated unused
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
#endif
/**
* When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
* extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
*/
int repeat_pict;
/**
* The content of the picture is interlaced.
*/
int interlaced_frame;
/**
* If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
*/
int top_field_first;
/**
* Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
*/
int palette_has_changed;
/**
* reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float
* PTS but can be anything).
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
* that time,
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
* @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
*/
int64_t reordered_opaque;
/**
* Sample rate of the audio data.
*/
int sample_rate;
/**
* Channel layout of the audio data.
*/
uint64_t channel_layout;
/**
* AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
* this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array
* must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must
* also be non-NULL for all j < i.
*
* There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
* always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
* AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
* this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
* extended_buf array.
*/
AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
* AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
* cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
*
* Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
* contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
* which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
*
* This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
* the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
*/
AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
/**
* Number of elements in extended_buf.
*/
int nb_extended_buf;
AVFrameSideData **side_data;
int nb_side_data;
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
* Flags describing additional frame properties.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
*/
int flags;
/**
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
* It must be accessed using av_frame_get_color_range() and
* av_frame_set_color_range().
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
* It must be accessed using av_frame_get_colorspace() and
* av_frame_set_colorspace().
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
/**
* frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
/**
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int64_t pkt_pos;
/**
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int64_t pkt_duration;
/**
* metadata.
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_metadata(frame)
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
AVDictionary *metadata;
/**
* decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
* FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
* were errors during the decoding.
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int decode_error_flags;
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
/**
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_channels(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int channels;
/**
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
* frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and
* av_frame_set_pkt_size().
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int pkt_size;
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
/**
* QP table
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
*/
attribute_deprecated
int8_t *qscale_table;
/**
* QP store stride
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
*/
attribute_deprecated
int qstride;
attribute_deprecated
int qscale_type;
/**
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
*/
AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
#endif
} AVFrame;
/**
* Accessors for some AVFrame fields.
* The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI,
* they should not be accessed directly outside libavutil.
*/
int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val);
int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val);
AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val);
int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame);
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
#endif
enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
/**
* Get the name of a colorspace.
* @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
*/
const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
/**
* Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
* struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
*
* @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
*
* @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
* must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
* manually.
*/
AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
/**
* Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
* e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
* unreferenced first.
*
* @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
/**
* Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
*
* Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
* AVBufferRef from src.
*
* If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
* copied.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
*/
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
*
* This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
*
* @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
*/
void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
*/
void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
/**
* Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
*
* The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
* - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
* - width and height for video
* - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
*
* This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
* necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
* For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
*
* @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
* @param align required buffer size alignment
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
/**
* Check if the frame data is writable.
*
* @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
* only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
* stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
*
* If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
* of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
*
* @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
*/
int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
*
* Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
* if it is not.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*
* @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
* av_buffer_make_writable()
*/
int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Copy the frame data from src to dst.
*
* This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
* allocated with the same parameters as src.
*
* This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
* extended data arrays), not any other properties.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
*
* Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
* the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
* aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
* Side data is also copied.
*/
int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
*
* @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
*
* @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
* frame is not valid.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame.
*
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
* @param type type of the added side data
* @param size size of the side data
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
int size);
/**
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
* is no side data with such type in this frame.
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it
* from the frame.
*/
void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* @return a string identifying the side data type
*/
const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
#include <stdint.h>
struct AVHashContext;
/**
* Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
*
* @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
* @note The context is not initialized, you must call av_hash_init().
*/
int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
/**
* Get the names of available hash algorithms.
*
* This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
*
* @param i index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
* @return a pointer to a static string or NULL if i is out of range
*/
const char *av_hash_names(int i);
/**
* Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
*/
const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size will currently return.
*
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation
* and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to libavutil without
* recompilation.
* Note that you still need to check against av_hash_get_size, adding new hashes
* with larger sizes will not be considered an ABI change and should not cause
* your code to overflow a buffer.
*/
#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
/**
* Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
*
* The pointer passed to av_hash_final have space for at least this many bytes.
*/
int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Initialize or reset a hash context.
*/
void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Update a hash context with additional data.
*/
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
*/
void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
* If size is smaller than the hash size, the hash is truncated;
* if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
*/
void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a hex string.
* The string is always 0-terminated.
* If size is smaller than 2 * hash_size + 1, the hex string is truncated.
*/
void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a base64 string.
* The string is always 0-terminated.
* If size is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), the base64 string is
* truncated.
*/
void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Free hash context.
*/
void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
enum AVHMACType {
AV_HMAC_MD5,
AV_HMAC_SHA1,
AV_HMAC_SHA224,
AV_HMAC_SHA256,
AV_HMAC_SHA384 = 12,
AV_HMAC_SHA512,
};
typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
/**
* Allocate an AVHMAC context.
* @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
*/
AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
/**
* Free an AVHMAC context.
* @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
*/
void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
/**
* Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param key The authentication key
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
*/
void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
/**
* Hash data with the HMAC.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param data The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
*/
void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
*/
int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
/**
* Hash an array of data with a key.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param data The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
* @param key The authentication key
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
*/
int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
/**
* @file
* misc image utilities
*
* @addtogroup lavu_picture
* @{
*/
#include "avutil.h"
#include "pixdesc.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
* format described by pixdesc.
*
* The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
* the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
* byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
* component.
*
* @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
* for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
* components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
* component in the plane with the max pixel step.
* @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
* for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
*/
void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
/**
* Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
* width for the plane plane.
*
* @return the computed size in bytes
*/
int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
/**
* Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
* width width.
*
* @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
/**
* Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
* height height.
*
* @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
* @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
* @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
* plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
* error code in case of failure
*/
int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
/**
* Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
* fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
* The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
* av_freep(&pointers[0]).
*
* @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
* error code in case of failure
*/
int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
/**
* Copy image plane from src to dst.
* That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
* The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
* bytes.
*
* bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
* and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
*
* @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
* @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
*/
void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
int bytewidth, int height);
/**
* Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
*
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
*/
void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
/**
* Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
* parameters and the provided array.
*
* The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
* address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
* specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
* line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several
* pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
* the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
* lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
* size for the src buffer.
*
* To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
* one call, use av_image_alloc().
*
* @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
* @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
* @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment
* @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
* in case of failure
*/
int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
const uint8_t *src,
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
/**
* Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
* image with the given parameters.
*
* @param[in] align the assumed linesize alignment
*/
int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
/**
* Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
*
* av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
* for the buffer to fill.
*
* @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
* @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
* @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
* @param width the width of the source image in pixels
* @param height the height of the source image in pixels
* @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst
* @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
* (error code) on error
*/
int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
/**
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
* bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
*
* @param w the width of the picture
* @param h the height of the picture
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
*
* It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio
* to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the
* sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid.
*
* @param w width of the image
* @param h height of the image
* @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image
* @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
union av_intfloat32 {
uint32_t i;
float f;
};
union av_intfloat64 {
uint64_t i;
double f;
};
/**
* Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
*/
static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
{
union av_intfloat32 v;
v.i = i;
return v.f;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
*/
static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
{
union av_intfloat32 v;
v.f = f;
return v.i;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
*/
static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
{
union av_intfloat64 v;
v.i = i;
return v.f;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
*/
static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
{
union av_intfloat64 v;
v.f = f;
return v.i;
}
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "attributes.h"
#include "bswap.h"
typedef union {
uint64_t u64;
uint32_t u32[2];
uint16_t u16[4];
uint8_t u8 [8];
double f64;
float f32[2];
} av_alias av_alias64;
typedef union {
uint32_t u32;
uint16_t u16[2];
uint8_t u8 [4];
float f32;
} av_alias av_alias32;
typedef union {
uint16_t u16;
uint8_t u8 [2];
} av_alias av_alias16;
/*
* Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
* AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
* Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
* as inline functions.
*
* R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness.
* The following macros require aligned access, compared to their
* unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A.
* Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash
* depending on the platform.
*
* The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_MIPS
# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_PPC
# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_TOMI
# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
/*
* Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
*/
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16)
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16)
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24)
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24)
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32)
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32)
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48)
# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48)
# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64)
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64)
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
# endif
#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16)
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16)
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24)
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24)
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32)
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32)
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48)
# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48)
# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64)
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64)
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
# endif
#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
/*
* Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
* by per-arch headers.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
#elif defined(__DECC)
# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
#else
#ifndef AV_RB16
# define AV_RB16(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB16
# define AV_WB16(p, darg) do { \
unsigned d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL16
# define AV_RL16(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL16
# define AV_WL16(p, darg) do { \
unsigned d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB32
# define AV_RB32(x) \
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB32
# define AV_WB32(p, darg) do { \
unsigned d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL32
# define AV_RL32(x) \
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL32
# define AV_WL32(p, darg) do { \
unsigned d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB64
# define AV_RB64(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB64
# define AV_WB64(p, darg) do { \
uint64_t d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64
# define AV_RL64(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64
# define AV_WL64(p, darg) do { \
uint64_t d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \
} while(0)
#endif
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
#else
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
#ifndef AV_RN16
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN32
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN64
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN16
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN32
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN64
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
#endif
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
#else
# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
#endif
#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x)
#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d)
#ifndef AV_RB16
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB16
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL16
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL16
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB32
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB32
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL32
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL32
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB64
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB64
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB24
# define AV_RB24(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB24
# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL24
# define AV_RL24(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL24
# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB48
# define AV_RB48(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB48
# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \
uint64_t d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL48
# define AV_RL48(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL48
# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \
uint64_t d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
} while(0)
#endif
/*
* The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
* in a type-safe way.
*/
#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
#ifndef AV_RN16A
# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN32A
# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN64A
# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN16A
# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN32A
# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN64A
# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
#endif
/*
* The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
* memory locations.
*/
#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
#ifndef AV_COPY16U
# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY32U
# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY64U
# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY128U
# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \
do { \
AV_COPY64U(d, s); \
AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \
} while(0)
#endif
/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
* naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
* so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
* afterwards.
*/
#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
(((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
#ifndef AV_COPY16
# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY32
# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY64
# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY128
# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \
do { \
AV_COPY64(d, s); \
AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
} while(0)
#endif
#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
#ifndef AV_SWAP64
# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
#endif
#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
#ifndef AV_ZERO16
# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO32
# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO64
# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO128
# define AV_ZERO128(d) \
do { \
AV_ZERO64(d); \
AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
} while(0)
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/*
* Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
* Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
typedef struct AVLFG {
unsigned int state[64];
int index;
} AVLFG;
void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
/**
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
*
* Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
* it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
*/
static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
}
/**
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
*
* Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
*/
static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
}
/**
* Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
* generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
*
* @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
*/
void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
typedef enum {
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB, ///< not part of ABI/API
}AVClassCategory;
#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
struct AVOptionRanges;
/**
* Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
* arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
* AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
*/
typedef struct AVClass {
/**
* The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
* context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
*/
const char* class_name;
/**
* A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
* instance ctx associated with the class.
*/
const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
/**
* a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
*
* @see av_set_default_options()
*/
const struct AVOption *option;
/**
* LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
* This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
* version bumps everywhere.
*/
int version;
/**
* Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
* 0 means there is no such variable
*/
int log_level_offset_offset;
/**
* Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
* logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
* to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
* could then leverage to display the parent context.
* The offset can be NULL.
*/
int parent_log_context_offset;
/**
* Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
/**
* Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
* AVOptions-enabled child.
*
* The difference between child_next and this is that
* child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
* child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
*/
const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
/**
* Category used for visualization (like color)
* This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
* available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
*/
AVClassCategory category;
/**
* Callback to return the category.
* available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
*/
AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
/**
* Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
* available since version (52.12)
*/
int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
} AVClass;
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_log
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Print no output.
*/
#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
/**
* Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
*/
#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
/**
* Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
* For example, no header was found for a format which depends
* on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
*/
#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
/**
* Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
* However, not all future data is affected.
*/
#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
/**
* Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
* lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
*/
#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
/**
* Standard information.
*/
#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
/**
* Detailed information.
*/
#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
/**
* Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
*/
#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
/**
* Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
*/
#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56
#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
* @code
av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
@endcode
* Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
* recommended.
*/
#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
/**
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
* function.
* @see av_log_set_callback
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
*/
void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
/**
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
* function.
* @see av_log_set_callback
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
*/
void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
/**
* Get the current log level
*
* @see lavu_log_constants
*
* @return Current log level
*/
int av_log_get_level(void);
/**
* Set the log level
*
* @see lavu_log_constants
*
* @param level Logging level
*/
void av_log_set_level(int level);
/**
* Set the logging callback
*
* @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
* threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
*
* @see av_log_default_callback
*
* @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
*/
void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
/**
* Default logging callback
*
* It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
*/
void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
va_list vl);
/**
* Return the context name
*
* @param ctx The AVClass context
*
* @return The AVClass class_name
*/
const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
/**
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line
* @param line_size size of the buffer
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
*/
void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
#if FF_API_DLOG
/**
* av_dlog macros
* @deprecated unused
* Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
*/
#ifdef DEBUG
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
#else
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#endif
#endif /* FF_API_DLOG */
/**
* Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
* (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
* "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
* bad luck.
* Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
* call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
*/
#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
/**
* Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
*
* Results in messages such as:
* [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
*/
#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
int av_log_get_flags(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Utility Preprocessor macros
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
/**
* @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
*
* String manipulation macros
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
/**
* @}
*/
#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <math.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "intfloat.h"
#ifndef M_E
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN2
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN10
#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LOG2_10
#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_PHI
#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI_2
#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT2
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef NAN
#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
#endif
#ifndef INFINITY
#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
#endif
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_math
* @{
*/
enum AVRounding {
AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE
};
/**
* Compute the greatest common divisor of a and b.
*
* @return gcd of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
* if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
*/
int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
*/
int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
*
* @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
* INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
*/
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
*
* @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
* INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
enum AVRounding) av_const;
/**
* Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
* is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
* @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
*/
int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
/**
* Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
* That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
* significant log2(mod) bits are known.
*
* @param mod must be a power of 2
* @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
* a positive value if a is greater than b
* 0 if a equals b
*/
int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
/**
* Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
*
* @param in_ts Input timestamp
* @param in_tb Input timebase
* @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase
* @param duration duration till the next call
* @param out_tb Output timebase
*/
int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
/**
* Add a value to a timestamp.
*
* This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
* no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
*
* @param ts Input timestamp
* @param ts_tb Input timestamp timebase
* @param inc value to add to ts
* @param inc_tb inc timebase
*/
int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_md5_size;
struct AVMD5;
/**
* Allocate an AVMD5 context.
*/
struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize MD5 hashing.
*
* @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size)
*/
void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param ctx hash function context
* @param src input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param ctx hash function context
* @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
/**
* Hash an array of data.
*
* @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into
* @param src The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
*/
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* memory handling functions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "avutil.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
* @{
*/
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
#else
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
#define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
#else
#define av_malloc_attrib
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
#define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
#else
#define av_alloc_size(...)
#endif
/**
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
* be allocated.
* @see av_mallocz()
*/
void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_malloc().
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
* be allocated.
* @see av_malloc()
*/
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
{
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
return NULL;
return av_malloc(nmemb * size);
}
/**
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
* If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or NULL.
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated.
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
* some libc implementations.
* @see av_fast_realloc()
*/
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except:
* - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for
* integer overflow.
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
* leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;".
*/
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
* If *ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
* with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
* not be passed to av_reallocp(). The former can be implemented using
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
* some libc implementations.
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate an array.
* If ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
* nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or NULL.
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
* some libc implementations.
*/
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer.
* If *ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
* nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
* with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
* some libc implementations.
*/
av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
* av_realloc().
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
* @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead.
* @see av_freep()
*/
void av_free(void *ptr);
/**
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
* zero all the bytes of the block.
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
* @see av_malloc()
*/
void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
* zero all the bytes of the block.
* The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal
* to INT_MAX.
* @param nmemb
* @param size
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
*/
void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_mallocz().
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
* be allocated.
* @see av_mallocz()
* @see av_malloc_array()
*/
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
{
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
return NULL;
return av_mallocz(nmemb * size);
}
/**
* Duplicate the string s.
* @param s string to be duplicated
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
*/
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate a substring of the string s.
* @param s string to be duplicated
* @param len the maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
* terminating byte).
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
*/
char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate the buffer p.
* @param p buffer to be duplicated
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
* copy of p or NULL if the buffer cannot be allocated.
*/
void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
* av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
* be freed.
* @note passing a pointer to a NULL pointer is safe and leads to no action.
* @see av_free()
*/
void av_freep(void *ptr);
/**
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
*
* The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
* structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
* allocated structure.
*
* The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
*
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
* is incremented.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
* *nb_ptr is set to 0.
*
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param elem element to add
* @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
*/
void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
/**
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
*
* Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
* but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
* instead and leave current buffer untouched.
*
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param elem element to add
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise.
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
/**
* Add an element of size elem_size to a dynamic array.
*
* The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
*
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
* is incremented.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
* *nb_ptr is set to 0.
*
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param elem_size size in bytes of the elements in the array
* @param elem_data pointer to the data of the element to add. If NULL, the space of
* the new added element is not filled.
* @return pointer to the data of the element to copy in the new allocated space.
* If NULL, the new allocated space is left uninitialized."
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
*/
void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
const uint8_t *elem_data);
/**
* Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow.
* @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow.
*/
static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
{
size_t t = a * b;
/* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
* are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
return AVERROR(EINVAL);
*r = t;
return 0;
}
/**
* Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block.
*/
void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
/**
* deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0
* @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
*
* cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back.
*/
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
/**
* Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
*
* @see av_realloc
*/
void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special
* handling to avoid memleaks is necessary.
*
* @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer
* @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to
* @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and
* *size 0 if an error occurred.
*/
void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* All newly allocated space is initially cleared
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special
* handling to avoid memleaks is necessary.
*
* @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer
* @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to
* @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and
* *size 0 if an error occurred.
*/
void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
#include <stdint.h>
typedef struct AVMotionVector {
/**
* Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes
* from the past, positive value when it comes from the future.
* XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction".
*/
int32_t source;
/**
* Width and height of the block.
*/
uint8_t w, h;
/**
* Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area.
*/
int16_t src_x, src_y;
/**
* Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area.
*/
int16_t dst_x, dst_y;
/**
* Extra flag information.
* Currently unused.
*/
uint64_t flags;
/**
* Motion vector
* src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
* src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
*/
int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
uint16_t motion_scale;
} AVMotionVector;
#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
#include <stdint.h>
struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len);
void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,865 @@
/*
* AVOptions
* copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
/**
* @file
* AVOptions
*/
#include "rational.h"
#include "avutil.h"
#include "dict.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
* @ingroup lavu_data
* @{
* AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
* ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
* values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
*
* @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
* This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
*
* All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
* the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
* The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
* of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
* value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
* also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
* associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
* should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
*
* The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
* @code
* typedef struct test_struct {
* AVClass *class;
* int int_opt;
* char *str_opt;
* uint8_t *bin_opt;
* int bin_len;
* } test_struct;
*
* static const AVOption test_options[] = {
* { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
* { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
* { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
* { NULL },
* };
*
* static const AVClass test_class = {
* .class_name = "test class",
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
* .option = test_options,
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
* };
* @endcode
*
* Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
* is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
* initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
* AVOptions API.
*
* When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
* free all the allocated string and binary options.
*
* Continuing with the above example:
*
* @code
* test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
* {
* test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret));
* ret->class = &test_class;
* av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
* return ret;
* }
* void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
* {
* av_opt_free(*foo);
* av_freep(foo);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
* It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
* AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
* libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
* codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
* parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
* implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the
* parent struct's AVClass.
* Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
* child_struct field:
*
* @code
* typedef struct child_struct {
* AVClass *class;
* int flags_opt;
* } child_struct;
* static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
* { NULL },
* };
* static const AVClass child_class = {
* .class_name = "child class",
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
* .option = child_opts,
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
* };
*
* void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
* {
* test_struct *t = obj;
* if (!prev && t->child_struct)
* return t->child_struct;
* return NULL
* }
* const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev)
* {
* return prev ? NULL : &child_class;
* }
* @endcode
* Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into
* test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
* test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
* child_struct right after it is created).
*
* From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
* and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
* iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next()
* iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
* was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
* child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
* iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
* iterate over all available codecs with private options.
*
* @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
* It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
* field of the option the constants should apply to a string and
* create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
* with their unit field set to the same string.
* Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
* constant.
* For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
* above, put the following into the child_opts array:
* @code
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
* { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
* @endcode
*
* @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
* This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
* Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
* AVFormatContext in libavformat.
*
* @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
* The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
* over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
* for an option with the given name.
*
* The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
* may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
* to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
*
* For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
* get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
* (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
* av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The
* second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
* children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
* from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
* av_opt_next() on each result).
*
* @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
* When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
* user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
* non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
* option type.
*
* Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
* which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
* have to free it with av_free().
*
* In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
* AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
* are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
* filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options
* that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
* before the file is actually opened.
*/
enum AVOptionType{
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '),
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL = MKBETAG('B','O','O','L'),
};
/**
* AVOption
*/
typedef struct AVOption {
const char *name;
/**
* short English help text
* @todo What about other languages?
*/
const char *help;
/**
* The offset relative to the context structure where the option
* value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
*/
int offset;
enum AVOptionType type;
/**
* the default value for scalar options
*/
union {
int64_t i64;
double dbl;
const char *str;
/* TODO those are unused now */
AVRational q;
} default_val;
double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
int flags;
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
#if FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
#endif
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
/**
* The option is inteded for exporting values to the caller.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
/**
* The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
* This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
/**
* The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
* options and corresponding named constants share the same
* unit. May be NULL.
*/
const char *unit;
} AVOption;
/**
* A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
*/
typedef struct AVOptionRange {
const char *str;
/**
* Value range.
* For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
* For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
*/
double value_min, value_max;
/**
* Value's component range.
* For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
*/
double component_min, component_max;
/**
* Range flag.
* If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
*/
int is_range;
} AVOptionRange;
/**
* List of AVOptionRange structs.
*/
typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
/**
* Array of option ranges.
*
* Most of option types use just one component.
* Following describes multi-component option types:
*
* AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
* component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
* component index 1: range of width.
* component index 2: range of height.
*
* @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
* provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
* av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
*
* Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
*
* @code
* int range_index, component_index;
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
* AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
* av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
* for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
* for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
* range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
* //do something with range here.
* }
* av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
* @endcode
*/
AVOptionRange **range;
/**
* Number of ranges per component.
*/
int nb_ranges;
/**
* Number of componentes.
*/
int nb_components;
} AVOptionRanges;
/**
* Show the obj options.
*
* @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
* @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
* @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
*/
int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
/**
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
*
* @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
*/
void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
/**
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these
* AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their
* default applied to s.
*
* @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
* @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
* @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
*/
void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
* found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
* key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
* AVOptions.
*
* @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
* separate key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*/
int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
* set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
*
* @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
* @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
* delimiter
* @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
* notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
* the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
* then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
* finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
* found; after that, all options must be named
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value, for example '='
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
* @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*
* Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
* Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
* other.
*/
int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *const *shorthand,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Free all allocated objects in obj.
*/
void av_opt_free(void *obj);
/**
* Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
*
* @param field_name the name of the flag field option
* @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
* @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
* isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
*/
int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
/**
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
*/
int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
*/
int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
/**
* Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
*
* @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
* point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
* or the final NUL)
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value, for example '='
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
* @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
* @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
* @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
*
* @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
*
*/
int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
unsigned flags,
char **rkey, char **rval);
enum {
/**
* Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
* as NULL.
*/
AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
};
/**
* @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
* @{
* This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
* and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
* except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
* @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
* @param val string to be evaluated.
* @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
*/
int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
/**
* @}
*/
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the
given object first. */
/**
* The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
* instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
* useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
* object.
*/
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1)
/**
* In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL,
* rather than returning an empty string.
*/
#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2)
/**
* Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
* one component for certain option types.
* @see AVOptionRanges for details.
*/
#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12)
/**
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
* have all the specified flags set.
*
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
* pointer to an AVClass.
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
* it belongs to.
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
*
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
* was found.
*
* @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
* directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options
* AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
* flag.
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
int opt_flags, int search_flags);
/**
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
* have all the specified flags set.
*
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
* pointer to an AVClass.
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
* it belongs to.
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
* @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
* written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
* in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
*
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
* was found.
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
/**
* Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
*
* @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
* AVClass describing it.
* @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
* or NULL
* @return next AVOption or NULL
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
/**
* Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
*
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
* @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
/**
* Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
*
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
* @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
*/
const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev);
/**
* @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
* @{
* Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
*
* @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
* @param[in] name the name of the field to set
* @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
* of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
* SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
* If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
* scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
* is undefined.
* If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
* scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
* with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
* similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
* @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
* is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
*
* @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
* error:
* AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
* AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
*/
int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
/**
* @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
* caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
*/
int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags);
/**
* Set a binary option to an integer list.
*
* @param obj AVClass object to set options on
* @param name name of the binary option
* @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
* regard to the contents of the list)
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param flags search flags
*/
#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
(av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
* @{
* Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
*
* @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
* @param[in] name name of the option to get.
* @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
* is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
* @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
* @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
/**
* @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
*
* @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has
* AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set
* to NULL instead of an allocated empty string.
*/
int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val);
int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val);
int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val);
int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
/**
* @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
* be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
*/
int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
* This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
* renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
*
* @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
* or written to.
*/
void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
/**
* Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
*/
void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
/**
* Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
*
* The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
*
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
*
* The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
*
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
*/
int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* Copy options from src object into dest object.
*
* Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
* Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
*
* @param dest Object to copy from
* @param src Object to copy into
* @return 0 on success, negative on error
*/
int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
/**
* Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
*
* This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
* and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
*
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
*
* The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
*
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
*/
int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
*
* Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state.
* @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name().
*
* @param obj AVClass object to check option on
* @param o option to be checked
* @return >0 when option is set to its default,
* 0 when option is not set its default,
* <0 on error
*/
int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
/**
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
*
* @param obj AVClass object to check option on
* @param name option name
* @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*
* @return >0 when option is set to its default,
* 0 when option is not set its default,
* <0 on error
*/
int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
/**
* Serialize object's options.
*
* Create a string containing object's serialized options.
* Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values.
* A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or
* name string are escaped through the av_escape() function.
*
* @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize
* @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG)
* @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options.
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
*/
int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
#include <time.h>
#include "rational.h"
/**
* @file
* misc parsing utilities
*/
/**
* Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
*
* Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
* considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
* want to exclude those values.
*
* The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
*
* @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
* num:den, a float number or an expression
* @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
* @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
* level of log_ctx
* @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
/**
* Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
*
* @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
* width value
* @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
* height value
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
* width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
/**
* Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
*
* @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
* frame rate
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
* rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
/**
* Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
*
* @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
* a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
* possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
* component.
* The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
* hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
* represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
* 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
* If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
* The string "random" will result in a random color.
* @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
* color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
* containing nothing else than the color.
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
* failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
*/
int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
void *log_ctx);
/**
* Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named
* colors.
*
* This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by
* av_parse_color().
*
* @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
* @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
* @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
*/
const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
/**
* Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
* microseconds.
*
* @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
* to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
* is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If
* the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
* January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot
* be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
* @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
* - If a date the syntax is:
* @code
* [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
* now
* @endcode
* If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
* Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
* interpreted as UTC.
* If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
* year-month-day.
* - If a duration the syntax is:
* @code
* [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
* [-]S+[.m...]
* @endcode
* @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
* zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
/**
* Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
*
* syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
* Return 1 if found.
*/
int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
/**
* Simplified version of strptime
*
* Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
* store its results in the structure dt.
* This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
* by the standard strptime().
*
* The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
* - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '23'
* - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
* - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '59'
* - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '59'
* - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
* - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
* - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
* through '31'
* - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S'
* - %%: a literal '%'
*
* @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function
* call. In case the input string contains more characters than
* required by the format string the return value points right after
* the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string
* is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of
* the string. On failure NULL is returned.
*/
char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
/**
* Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
*/
time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
/*
* pixel format descriptor
* Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "version.h"
typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor {
/**
* Which of the 4 planes contains the component.
*/
int plane;
/**
* Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels.
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
*/
int step;
/**
* Number of elements before the component of the first pixel.
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
*/
int offset;
/**
* Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away
* to get the value.
*/
int shift;
/**
* Number of bits in the component.
*/
int depth;
#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
/** deprecated, use step instead */
attribute_deprecated int step_minus1;
/** deprecated, use depth instead */
attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1;
/** deprecated, use offset instead */
attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1;
#endif
} AVComponentDescriptor;
/**
* Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
* stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
* subsampling factors and number of components.
*
* @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
* and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
* are stored not what these values represent.
*/
typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
const char *name;
uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
/**
* Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
* chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w)
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
*/
uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w)
/**
* Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
* chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h)
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
*/
uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
/**
* Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags.
*/
uint64_t flags;
/**
* Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
* If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
* If the format has 3 or 4 components:
* if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
* otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
*
* If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component.
*/
AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
/**
* Alternative comma-separated names.
*/
const char *alias;
} AVPixFmtDescriptor;
/**
* Pixel format is big-endian.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0)
/**
* Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1)
/**
* All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2)
/**
* Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3)
/**
* At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4)
/**
* The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5)
/**
* The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a
* fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each
* PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can
* in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on
* the pixel format without using the palette.
* An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6)
/**
* The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
* support alpha in some way. The exception is AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, which can
* carry alpha as part of the palette. Details are explained in the
* AVPixelFormat enum, and are also encoded in the corresponding
* AVPixFmtDescriptor.
*
* The alpha is always straight, never pre-multiplied.
*
* If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
* opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
* AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
/**
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
* pixel format component c to dst.
*
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
* values to write to dst
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
*/
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
/**
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
* image line.
*
* @param src array containing the values to write
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
* values to write to the image line
*/
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w);
/**
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
*
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
* format of name.
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
* then for "gray16le".
*
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
/**
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
* unknown.
*
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
*/
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
* number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
*/
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
* described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
* of bits per sample.
*
* The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
* used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
* not counted.
*/
int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
/**
* Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
* described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
*/
int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
/**
* @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
* this pixel format is unknown.
*/
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
*
* @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
*
* @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
*/
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
/**
* @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
* is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
/**
* Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
* the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
*
* See av_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a
* valid pixel format instead of returning an error code.
* Its recommended that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless
* you do check the return code!
*
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
* @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w
* @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h
*
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
*/
int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
/**
* @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
* valid pixel format.
*/
int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
*
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
*
* @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
* otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
/**
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
* pixel format to another.
* When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
* For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
* be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
* other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
* resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
* of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
* av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
* which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
*
* @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
* @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
* @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
* @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
* (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
*/
int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
int has_alpha);
/**
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
* pixel format to another.
* When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
* For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
* be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
* other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
* resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
* of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
* av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
* which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
*
* @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
* @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
* @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
* @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
* (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
/**
* @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
/**
* @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
/**
* @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
/**
* @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
/**
* @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "common.h"
/**
* Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x])
*/
typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1,
const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2);
/**
* Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences
* function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype).
*
* @param w_bits 1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size
* @param h_bits 1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size
* @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and
* src2 addresses are aligned on the block size.
* If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is
* aligned on the block size.
* If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular
* alignment.
* @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
*
* @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of
* invalid parameters)
*/
av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits,
int aligned, void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
/**
* @file
* pixel format definitions
*
*/
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "version.h"
#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
/**
* Pixel format.
*
* @note
* AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
* color is put together as:
* (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
* This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
* big-endian CPUs.
*
* @par
* When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
* image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
* AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
* formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
* also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
* components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
* This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
* to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
*
* @par
* For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
* for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
* allocating the picture.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
#if FF_API_XVMC
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT
#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */
AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
#if FF_API_VDPAU
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
#endif
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
#if FF_API_VAAPI
/** @name Deprecated pixel formats */
/**@{*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
/**@}*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,
#else
/**
* Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
* VASurfaceID.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
#endif
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
#if FF_API_VDPAU
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
#endif
AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
/**
* The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
* Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
* If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
AV_PIX_FMT_VDA, ///< HW acceleration through VDA, data[3] contains a CVPixelBufferRef
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
/**
* HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
* mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
/**
* HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
* MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4,///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
#if !FF_API_XVMC
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
#endif /* !FF_API_XVMC */
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
AV_PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
};
#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
#else
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
#endif
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
/**
* Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
*/
enum AVColorPrimaries {
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3,
AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1= 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
AVCOL_PRI_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Color Transfer Characteristic.
*/
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3,
AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10 bit system
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12 bit system
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10, 12, 14 and 16 bit systems
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
AVCOL_TRC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
*/
enum AVColorSpace {
AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3,
AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7,
AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
};
#define AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG
/**
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
*/
enum AVColorRange {
AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges
AVCOL_RANGE_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Location of chroma samples.
*
* Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
* image, the left shows only luma, the right
* shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
* each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
*
* 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
* v v v v
* ______ ______
*1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples,
* | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
*2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position
*/
enum AVChromaLocation {
AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4 4:2:0, h264 default for 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1 4:2:0, jpeg 4:2:0, h263 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
AVCHROMA_LOC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
};
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
/**
* Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
* This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
* Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
* It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
* PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
*/
uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/*
* rational numbers
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* rational numbers
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_math
* @{
*/
/**
* rational number numerator/denominator
*/
typedef struct AVRational{
int num; ///< numerator
int den; ///< denominator
} AVRational;
/**
* Create a rational.
* Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
* @note The return value is not reduced.
*/
static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
{
AVRational r = { num, den };
return r;
}
/**
* Compare two rationals.
* @param a first rational
* @param b second rational
* @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the
* values is of the form 0/0
*/
static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
else return INT_MIN;
}
/**
* Convert rational to double.
* @param a rational to convert
* @return (double) a
*/
static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
return a.num / (double) a.den;
}
/**
* Reduce a fraction.
* This is useful for framerate calculations.
* @param dst_num destination numerator
* @param dst_den destination denominator
* @param num source numerator
* @param den source denominator
* @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den
* @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise
*/
int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
/**
* Multiply two rationals.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @return b*c
*/
AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Divide one rational by another.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @return b/c
*/
AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Add two rationals.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @return b+c
*/
AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Subtract one rational from another.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @return b-c
*/
AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Invert a rational.
* @param q value
* @return 1 / q
*/
static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
{
AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
return r;
}
/**
* Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
* inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign.
*
* @param d double to convert
* @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
* @return (AVRational) d
*/
AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
/**
* @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer
* than q1, 0 if they have the same distance.
*/
int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
/**
* Find the nearest value in q_list to q.
* @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0}
* @return the index of the nearest value found in the array
*/
int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
/**
* Converts a AVRational to a IEEE 32bit float.
*
* The float is returned in a uint32_t and its value is platform indepenant.
*/
uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
* RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H
#define AVUTIL_RC4_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
typedef struct AVRC4 {
uint8_t state[256];
int x, y;
} AVRC4;
/**
* Allocate an AVRC4 context.
*/
AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void);
/**
* @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context.
*
* @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect
* @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
*/
int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm.
*
* @param count number of bytes
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL
* @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used
*/
void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* ReplayGain information (see
* http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification).
* The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVReplayGain {
/**
* Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB).
* Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown.
*/
int32_t track_gain;
/**
* Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values
* may overflow). 0 when unknown.
*/
uint32_t track_peak;
/**
* Same as track_gain, but for the whole album.
*/
int32_t album_gain;
/**
* Same as track_peak, but for the whole album,
*/
uint32_t album_peak;
} AVReplayGain;
#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_ripemd_size;
struct AVRIPEMD;
/**
* Allocate an AVRIPEMD context.
*/
struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize RIPEMD hashing.
*
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size)
* @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits)
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
*/
int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
*
* Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
* @{
*
*/
/**
* Audio sample formats
*
* - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
* Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
* 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
*
* - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
* [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
*
* - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
* (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
*
* @par
* For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
* and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
* planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
* plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
* linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
*
*/
enum AVSampleFormat {
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
};
/**
* Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
* recognized.
*/
const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
* on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
/**
* Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
* requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
* input.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
/**
* Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
*
* If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
* the same as the input.
*
* @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
*
* If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
* the same as the input.
*
* @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
* sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
* @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
* unknown or in case of other errors
*/
char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Return number of bytes per sample.
*
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
* sample format
*/
int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Check if the sample format is planar.
*
* @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
* @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
*/
int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
*
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
*/
int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
*
* Functions that manipulate audio samples
* @{
*/
/**
* Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
* format sample_fmt.
*
* The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
* for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
* for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
*
* The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
* channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
* buffer for all channels for packed layout.
*
* The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
* (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
* otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
* @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
* @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case
* of success at the next bump
*/
int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
const uint8_t *buf,
int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
* linesize accordingly.
* The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
* Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
* @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
* @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
* @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
* @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
*/
int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
* samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
*
* This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
* pointers array.
*
* @see av_samples_alloc()
*/
int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Copy samples from src to dst.
*
* @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
* @param src source array of pointers to data planes
* @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
* @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
* @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param sample_fmt audio sample format
*/
int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Fill an audio buffer with silence.
*
* @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
* @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
* @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param sample_fmt audio sample format
*/
int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_sha_size;
struct AVSHA;
/**
* Allocate an AVSHA context.
*/
struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
*
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
* @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
*/
int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA512
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_sha512_size;
struct AVSHA512;
/**
* Allocate an AVSHA512 context.
*/
struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing.
*
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size)
* @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits)
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
*/
int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "frame.h"
/**
* List of possible 3D Types
*/
enum AVStereo3DType {
/**
* Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there).
*/
AV_STEREO3D_2D,
/**
* Views are next to each other.
*
* LLLLRRRR
* LLLLRRRR
* LLLLRRRR
* ...
*/
AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE,
/**
* Views are on top of each other.
*
* LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL
* RRRRRRRR
* RRRRRRRR
*/
AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM,
/**
* Views are alternated temporally.
*
* frame0 frame1 frame2 ...
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* ... ... ...
*/
AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE,
/**
* Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel.
*
* LRLRLRLR
* RLRLRLRL
* LRLRLRLR
* ...
*/
AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD,
/**
* Views are next to each other, but when upscaling
* apply a checkerboard pattern.
*
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
*/
AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX,
/**
* Views are packed per line, as if interlaced.
*
* LLLLLLLL
* RRRRRRRR
* LLLLLLLL
* ...
*/
AV_STEREO3D_LINES,
/**
* Views are packed per column.
*
* LRLRLRLR
* LRLRLRLR
* LRLRLRLR
* ...
*/
AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS,
};
/**
* Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view.
*/
#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0)
/**
* Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed
* within a single video surface, with additional information as needed.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVStereo3D {
/**
* How views are packed within the video.
*/
enum AVStereo3DType type;
/**
* Additional information about the frame packing.
*/
int flags;
} AVStereo3D;
/**
* Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values.
* The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure.
*/
AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame.
*
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller.
*/
AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
* A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm
* Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H
#define AVUTIL_TEA_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_tea TEA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_tea_size;
struct AVTEA;
/**
* Allocate an AVTEA context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVTEA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVTEA context
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard")
*/
void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param ctx an AVTEA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue;
typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags {
/**
* Perform non-blocking operation.
* If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and
* return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed.
*/
AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1,
} AVThreadMessageFlags;
/**
* Allocate a new message queue.
*
* @param mq pointer to the message queue
* @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue
* @param elsize size of each element in the queue
* @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if
* lavu was built without thread support
*/
int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq,
unsigned nelem,
unsigned elsize);
/**
* Free a message queue.
*
* The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq);
/**
* Send a message on the queue.
*/
int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
void *msg,
unsigned flags);
/**
* Receive a message from the queue.
*/
int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
void *msg,
unsigned flags);
/**
* Set the sending error code.
*
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
* return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
* Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
* to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
int err);
/**
* Set the receiving error code.
*
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
* return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
* AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
* suspend its operation.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
int err);
/**
* Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an
* operation is removing messages from the queue.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
void (*free_func)(void *msg));
/**
* Flush the message queue
*
* This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message
* except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between
* reads).
*/
void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H
#define AVUTIL_TIME_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Get the current time in microseconds.
*/
int64_t av_gettime(void);
/**
* Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point.
* On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock
* This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time.
* The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic
* clock is not available.
*/
int64_t av_gettime_relative(void);
/**
* Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source
* is monotonic.
*/
int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void);
/**
* Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in
* microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the
* system timer.
*
* @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep.
* @return zero on success or (negative) error code.
*/
int av_usleep(unsigned usec);
#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More